Schneider Electric Modicon X80 - Discrete Input / Output Modules User Manual
Below you will find brief information for X80 BMX DDI 1602, X80 BMX DDI 1603, X80 BMX DDI 1604T, X80 BMX DDI 3203, X80 BMX DDI 3232, X80 BMX DAI 1602, X80 BMX DAI 1603, X80 BMX DAI 1604, X80 BMX DAI 1614, X80 BMX DAI 16142. These Modicon X80 discrete I/O modules provide a robust interface for connecting digital sensors and actuators to your control system. They support various voltage levels. Diagnostics and status indicators are integrated for easy troubleshooting and monitoring.
Advertisement
Advertisement
Modicon X80
Discrete Input/Output Modules
User Manual
Original instructions
10/2022
35012474.19
www.se.com
Legal Information
The Schneider Electric brand and any trademarks of Schneider Electric SE and its subsidiaries referred to in this guide are the property of Schneider Electric SE or its subsidiaries. All other brands may be trademarks of their respective owners.
This guide and its content are protected under applicable copyright laws and furnished for informational use only. No part of this guide may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), for any purpose, without the prior written permission of
Schneider Electric.
Schneider Electric does not grant any right or license for commercial use of the guide or its content, except for a non-exclusive and personal license to consult it on an "as is" basis. Schneider Electric products and equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and maintained only by qualified personnel.
As standards, specifications, and designs change from time to time, information contained in this guide may be subject to change without notice.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, no responsibility or liability is assumed by
Schneider Electric and its subsidiaries for any errors or omissions in the informational content of this material or consequences arising out of or resulting from the use of the information contained herein.
As part of a group of responsible, inclusive companies, we are updating our communications that contain non-inclusive terminology. Until we complete this process, however, our content may still contain standardized industry terms that may be deemed inappropriate by our customers.
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Table of Contents
35012474.19
Before You Begin ..................................................................................9
Start-up and Test ................................................................................10
Operation and Adjustments ................................................................. 11
Hardware Installation of the Discrete I/O Modules
.............................13
General Description of the Modules......................................................15
20-pin Terminal Block Connection ........................................................16
40-pin Terminal Block Connection ........................................................17
Discrete Input/Output Modules with 40-Pin Connection ..........................18
Discrete Input Modules Catalog ...........................................................19
Discrete Output Modules Catalog.........................................................22
Discrete Mixed Input/Output Modules Catalog.......................................25
Dimensions of X80 Discrete I/O Modules ..............................................26
Temperature Derating .........................................................................29
Standards and Certifications ................................................................31
General Rules for Installing the Modules ....................................................32
Fitting of the Modules ..........................................................................33
20-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 20•0.................................................35
40-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 40•0.................................................38
BMXFTW••1 Cable .............................................................................42
BMXFTW••5 Cable .............................................................................45
Fitting a 20-pin Terminal Block to a Module ...........................................48
Fitting a 40-Pin Terminal Block to a Module ...........................................52
Fitting a 40-pin FCN Type Connector to a Module..................................56
Presentation for Choosing Power Supplies for Sensors and Pre-
Wiring Precautions..............................................................................60
How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules: Connecting 40-Pin
Connector Modules.............................................................................64
How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules: Connecting 40-Pin
Connector Modules to TELEFAST Interfaces ........................................68
Sensor/Input Compatibility and Pre-actuator/Output
Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing ..................................76
General Protective Measures...............................................................76
Module and Channel Status Display .....................................................78
Checking the Connection.....................................................................84
BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules ...................................................................86
Connecting the Module .......................................................................88
BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules ...................................................................91
Connecting the Module .......................................................................93
3
Discrete Input/Output Modules
4
BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules .................................................................96
Connecting the Module .......................................................................98
BMX DDI 3203 Input Modules.................................................................. 102
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 104
BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules.................................................................. 106
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 108
BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules ................................................................. 113
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 115
BMX DAI 1603 Input Modules ................................................................. 118
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 120
BMX DAI 1604 Input Modules ................................................................. 122
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 124
BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules ....................................... 126
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 129
BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules ................................................................. 133
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 135
BMX DAI 0805 Input Modules ................................................................. 139
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 141
BMX DAI 0814 Input Module ................................................................... 143
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 145
BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules .............................................................. 147
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 149
BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules .............................................................. 153
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 155
BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules ................................................... 158
35012474.19
35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 160
BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules ................................................... 162
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 164
BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules ................................................. 166
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 168
BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules ................................................... 170
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 172
BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules .................................................... 175
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 178
BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules .................................................... 180
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 182
BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules ................................................... 185
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 188
BMX DDO 3202 Static Output Modules .................................................... 190
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 193
BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules ................................................. 196
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 198
BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules ................................................ 200
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 202
BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules ..................................................... 204
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 206
BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules ......................................... 208
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 210
BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module ................................. 214
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 217
BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module ................................. 221
5
Discrete Input/Output Modules
6
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 224
BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module ................................ 228
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 231
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Introduction to the TELEFAST 2 Connection Interfaces for Discrete I/
General Overview of TELEFAST 2 Connection Interfaces for
Discrete I/O Modules ................................................................... 236
TELEFAST 2 Connection Bases Catalog ...................................... 236
Combination of Discrete I/O Modules and TELEFAST 2
Connection Bases ....................................................................... 241
Connection Principles for the TELEFAST 2 Interfaces for Discrete I/
Connecting a Discrete Input/Output Module to a TELEFAST 2
Base Interface ............................................................................ 243
Dimensions and Mounting of the TELEFAST 2 Connection
Bases......................................................................................... 244
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R10/08R11 and ABE-7H16R10/16R11
Connection Bases............................................................................. 247
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R10/12R11 Connection Bases ....................... 249
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R10/R11
Bases......................................................................................... 249
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R21 and ABE-7H16R20/16R21/16R23
Connection Bases............................................................................. 251
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H08R21 and
ABE-7H16R20/R21/R23 Bases for Type 2 Inputs .......................... 251
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R20/12R21 Connection Bases ....................... 253
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R20/
12R21 Bases .............................................................................. 253
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08S21/16S21 Connection Bases ....................... 255
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on ABE-7H08S21/16S21
Bases with One Isolator per Channel ............................................ 255
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12S21 Connection Base.................................... 257
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12S21
Base with 1 Isolator per Channel .................................................. 257
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R30/16R31 Connection Bases ....................... 259
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H16R30/R31
Bases......................................................................................... 259
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R50 Connection Base ................................... 261
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R50
Bases......................................................................................... 261
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R50 Connection Base ................................... 263
Sensor and Actuator Connections on the ABE-7H16R50
Base .......................................................................................... 263
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16F43 Connection Base.................................... 265
35012474.19
35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Actuator Connections on ABE-7H16F43 Output Base with One
Fuse and One isolator per Channel .............................................. 265
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16S43 Connection Base.................................... 266
Sensor Connections on ABE-7H16S43 Output Base with One
Fuse and One Isolator per Channel .............................................. 266
TELEFAST 2 Connection Base Accessories ....................................... 267
TELEFAST 2 Connection Base Accessories Catalog ..................... 267
Association Table for the Relays on ABE-7R16Txxx, ABE-
7P16Txxx and ABE-7P16Fxxx Bases ........................................... 269
Characteristics of the Removable ABR-7xxx Electromechanical
Output Relays ............................................................................. 270
Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Exx Static input
Relays........................................................................................ 270
Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Sxx Static Output
Relays........................................................................................ 271
Discrete Input/Output Modules Software Implementation
General Introduction to the Application-Specific Discrete Function ............. 274
Configuration of Discrete Modules: General Points .............................. 276
Discrete Module Configuration Screen in X80 Drop........................ 278
Discrete Input and Output Channel Parameters................................... 279
Discrete Input Parameters on the Rack ......................................... 279
Discrete Output Parameters for 8-Channel Modules in
Rack .......................................................................................... 280
Configuration of Discrete Module Parameters ..................................... 281
How to Modify the Task Parameter ............................................... 282
How to Modify the External Power Supply Error Monitoring
Parameter .................................................................................. 282
How to Modify the Fallback Mode Parameter................................. 283
How to Modify the Output Reset Parameter................................... 283
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects ........................... 285
Language Objects and IODDT ........................................................... 285
Description of the Discrete Function Objects Languages ................ 285
Discrete Module IODDTs and Device DDTs......................................... 287
IODDT Links ............................................................................... 287
Details About T_DIS_IN_GEN Type IODDT Implicit Object
Exchange ................................................................................... 288
Details About T_DIS_IN_STD Type IODDT Implicit Object
Exchange ................................................................................... 289
Details About T_DIS_IN_STD Type IODDT Explicit Object
Exchange ................................................................................... 290
Details About T_DIS_OUT_GEN Type IODDT Implicit Object
Exchange ................................................................................... 292
Details About T_DIS_OUT_STD Type IODDT Implicit Object
Exchange ................................................................................... 293
Details About T_DIS_OUT_STD Type IODDT Explicit Object
Exchange ................................................................................... 294
7
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Details of the Language Objects of the IODDT of Type T_GEN_
MOD .......................................................................................... 296
Modicon X80 Discrete I/O Module Configuration Constants ............ 297
Discrete Device DDT Names........................................................ 299
MOD_FLT Byte Description.......................................................... 303
Introduction to the Debugging Function of a Discrete Module ............... 304
Debugging Screen ............................................................................ 304
How to Access the Forcing/Unforcing Function.................................... 306
How to Access the SET and RESET Commands ................................. 307
How to Access the Reactivation of Outputs Command......................... 307
Applied Outputs of a Discrete Module ................................................. 307
Diagnostics of the Modules ..................................................................... 309
How to Access the Diagnostics Function............................................. 309
How to Access the Channel Diagnostics Function of a Discrete
Appendices
.............................................................................................. 312
Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules.................................... 313
Topological/State RAM Addressing of Modicon X80 Discrete
Glossary
Index
8 35012474.19
Safety Information
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Important Information
Read these instructions carefully, and look at the equipment to become familiar with the device before trying to install, operate, service, or maintain it. The following special messages may appear throughout this documentation or on the equipment to warn of potential hazards or to call attention to information that clarifies or simplifies a procedure.
The addition of this symbol to a “Danger” or “Warning” safety label indicates that an electrical hazard exists which will result in personal injury if the instructions are not followed.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death.
!
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
!
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
!
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE is used to address practices not related to physical injury.
Please Note
Electrical equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and maintained only by qualified personnel. No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material.
A qualified person is one who has skills and knowledge related to the construction and operation of electrical equipment and its installation, and has received safety training to recognize and avoid the hazards involved.
Before You Begin
Do not use this product on machinery lacking effective point-of-operation guarding. Lack of effective point-of-operation guarding on a machine can result in serious injury to the operator of that machine.
35012474.19
9
Discrete Input/Output Modules
WARNING
UNGUARDED EQUIPMENT
• Do not use this software and related automation equipment on equipment which does not have point-of-operation protection.
• Do not reach into machinery during operation.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
This automation equipment and related software is used to control a variety of industrial processes. The type or model of automation equipment suitable for each application will vary depending on factors such as the control function required, degree of protection required, production methods, unusual conditions, government regulations, etc. In some applications, more than one processor may be required, as when backup redundancy is needed.
Only you, the user, machine builder or system integrator can be aware of all the conditions and factors present during setup, operation, and maintenance of the machine and, therefore, can determine the automation equipment and the related safeties and interlocks which can be properly used. When selecting automation and control equipment and related software for a particular application, you should refer to the applicable local and national standards and regulations. The National
Safety Council's Accident Prevention Manual (nationally recognized in the United
States of America) also provides much useful information.
In some applications, such as packaging machinery, additional operator protection such as point-of-operation guarding must be provided. This is necessary if the operator's hands and other parts of the body are free to enter the pinch points or other hazardous areas and serious injury can occur. Software products alone cannot protect an operator from injury. For this reason the software cannot be substituted for or take the place of point-of-operation protection.
Ensure that appropriate safeties and mechanical/electrical interlocks related to point-of-operation protection have been installed and are operational before placing the equipment into service. All interlocks and safeties related to point-ofoperation protection must be coordinated with the related automation equipment and software programming.
NOTE: Coordination of safeties and mechanical/electrical interlocks for pointof-operation protection is outside the scope of the Function Block Library,
System User Guide, or other implementation referenced in this documentation.
Start-up and Test
Before using electrical control and automation equipment for regular operation after installation, the system should be given a start-up test by qualified personnel to verify correct operation of the equipment. It is important that arrangements for such a check are made and that enough time is allowed to perform complete and satisfactory testing.
WARNING
EQUIPMENT OPERATION HAZARD
• Verify that all installation and set up procedures have been completed.
• Before operational tests are performed, remove all blocks or other temporary holding means used for shipment from all component devices.
• Remove tools, meters, and debris from equipment.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
10 35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Follow all start-up tests recommended in the equipment documentation. Store all equipment documentation for future references.
Software testing must be done in both simulated and real environments.
Verify that the completed system is free from all short circuits and temporary grounds that are not installed according to local regulations (according to the
National Electrical Code in the U.S.A, for instance). If high-potential voltage testing is necessary, follow recommendations in equipment documentation to prevent accidental equipment damage.
Before energizing equipment:
• Remove tools, meters, and debris from equipment.
• Close the equipment enclosure door.
• Remove all temporary grounds from incoming power lines.
• Perform all start-up tests recommended by the manufacturer.
Operation and Adjustments
The following precautions are from the NEMA Standards Publication ICS 7.1-
1995:
(In case of divergence or contradiction between any translation and the English original, the original text in the English language will prevail.)
• Regardless of the care exercised in the design and manufacture of equipment or in the selection and ratings of components, there are hazards that can be encountered if such equipment is improperly operated.
• It is sometimes possible to misadjust the equipment and thus produce unsatisfactory or unsafe operation. Always use the manufacturer’s instructions as a guide for functional adjustments. Personnel who have access to these adjustments should be familiar with the equipment manufacturer’s instructions and the machinery used with the electrical equipment.
• Only those operational adjustments required by the operator should be accessible to the operator. Access to other controls should be restricted to prevent unauthorized changes in operating characteristics.
35012474.19
11
Discrete Input/Output Modules
About the Book
Document Scope
This manual describes the hardware and software installation of Modicon X80 discrete modules.
Validity Note
This documentation is valid for EcoStruxure ™ Control Expert 15.1.
The technical characteristics of the devices described in the present document also appear online. To access the information online, go to the Schneider Electric home page www.se.com/ww/en/download/ .
The characteristics that are described in the present document should be the same as those characteristics that appear online. In line with our policy of constant improvement, we may revise content over time to improve clarity and accuracy. If you see a difference between the document and online information, use the online information as your reference.
Related Documents
Title of documentation
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms,
Standards and Certifications
EcoStruxure ™ Control Expert, Operating Modes
EcoStruxure ™ Control Expert, Program
Languages and Structure, Reference Manual
EcoStruxure
Block Library
EcoStruxure ™ Control Expert, I/O Management,
Block Library
EcoStruxure
™
™
Control Expert, Communication,
Control Expert, Concept
Application Converter, User Manual
Reference number
EIO0000002726 (English), EIO0000002727
(French), EIO0000002728 (German),
EIO0000002730 (Italian), EIO0000002729
(Spanish), EIO0000002731 (Chinese)
33003101 (English), 33003102 (French),
33003103 (German), 33003104 (Spanish),
33003696 (Italian), 33003697 (Chinese)
35006144 (English), 35006145 (French),
35006146 (German), 35013361 (Italian),
35006147 (Spanish), 35013362 (Chinese)
33002527 (English), 33002528 (French),
33002529 (German), 33003682 (Italian),
33002530 (Spanish), 33003683 (Chinese)
33002531 (English), 33002532 (French),
33002533 (German), 33003684 (Italian),
33002534 (Spanish), 33003685 (Chinese)
33002515 (English), 33002516 (French),
33002517 (German), 33003676 (Italian),
33002518 (Spanish), 33003677 (Chinese)
You can download these technical publications, the present document and other technical information from our website www.se.com/en/download/ .
Product Related Information
WARNING
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
• The application of this product requires expertise in the design and programming of control systems. Only persons with such expertise should be allowed to program, install, alter, and apply this product.
• Follow all local and national safety codes and standards.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
12 35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Hardware Installation of the Discrete I/O Modules
What’s in This Part
General Rules for Installing the Modules .........................................................32
Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing .......................................76
BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules ......................................................................96
BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules ............................................ 126
BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules ................................................................... 147
BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules ................................................................... 153
BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules ......................................................... 158
BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules ......................................................... 162
BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules ....................................................... 166
BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules ......................................................... 170
BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules .......................................................... 175
BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules .......................................................... 180
BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules ......................................................... 185
BMX DDO 3202 Static Output Modules .......................................................... 190
BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules....................................................... 196
BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules ...................................................... 200
BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules ........................................................... 204
BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules............................................... 208
BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module ....................................... 214
BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module ...................................... 221
BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module ..................................... 228
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules.............. 235
Subject of this Part
This part presents the range of Modicon X80 discrete I/O modules.
35012474.19
13
Discrete Input/Output Modules
General Introduction
What’s in This Chapter
Discrete Input/Output Modules with 40-Pin Connection ....................................18
Discrete Mixed Input/Output Modules Catalog .................................................25
Dimensions of X80 Discrete I/O Modules ........................................................26
Subject of this Section
This chapter provides a general introduction to discrete input/output modules.
14 35012474.19
General Description of the Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
At a Glance
Inputs
Outputs
The discrete input/output modules of the Modicon X80 range are standard format modules (occupying one single position), fitted with either:
• one 20-pin terminal block or
• one 40-pin terminal block or
• one or two 40-pin connectors
For modules fitted with 40-pin connector outputs, a series of products known as
is available that enables discrete input/output modules to be quickly connected to operational parts.
A wide range of discrete inputs and outputs make it possible to meet the following requirements:
• functional: direct or alternating inputs/outputs, with positive or negative logic
• modularity: 8, 16, 32, or 64 channels per module
Inputs receive signals from the sensors and carry out the following functions:
• acquisition
• adaptation
• galvanic insulation
• filtering
• protection against interference
Outputs store the orders given by the processor, in order to control pre-actuators via decoupling and amplification circuits.
35012474.19
15
Discrete Input/Output Modules
20-pin Terminal Block Connection
Introduction
Discrete input/output modules are housed in plastic cases that provide IP20 protection for its electronic parts.
Illustration
The following diagram shows a 20-pin discrete module and a 20-pin terminal block.
Elements
3
4
5
The following table describes the elements of discrete input/output modules with
20-pin terminal block connections.
Number
1
2
Description
Rigid structure that supports and protects the electronic card
Module reference label
Note: A label is visible on the right-hand side of the module.
Channel status display panel
Connector housing the 20-pin terminal block
20-pin terminal block, used to connect sensors or pre-actuators
NOTE: Terminal blocks are supplied separately.
16 35012474.19
40-pin Terminal Block Connection
Introduction
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Discrete input/output modules are housed in plastic cases that provide IP20 protection for its electronic parts.
Illustration
The following diagram shows a 40-pin discrete module and a 40-pin terminal block.
Elements
3
4
5
The following table describes the elements of discrete input/output modules with
40-pin terminal block connections.
Number
1
2
Description
Rigid structure that supports and protects the electronic card
Module reference label
Note: A label is visible on the right-hand side of the module.
Channel status display panel
Connector housing the 40-pin terminal block
40-pin terminal block, used to connect sensors or pre-actuators
NOTE: Terminal blocks are supplied separately.
35012474.19
17
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules with 40-Pin Connection
Introduction
Discrete input/output modules are housed in plastic cases that provide IP20 protection for its electronic parts.
Illustration
The following diagram shows a 40-pin discrete module.
Elements
The following table describes the elements of discrete input/output modules with
40-pin connection.
3
4
Number
1
2
Description
Rigid structure that supports and protects the electronic card
Module reference labels
Note: A label is visible on the right-hand side of the module.
Channel status display panel
40-pin connector, used to connect sensors or pre-actuators
18 35012474.19
Discrete Input Modules Catalog
At a Glance
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The tables below present the two catalogs of discrete input modules:
• with 20-pin and 40-pin terminal blocks
• with 40-pin connectors
Catalog of Terminal Block Input Modules
Catalog of discrete input modules with 20-pin terminal block connection.
Discrete input module / 20-pin terminal block Type of module /
Interface
Illustration
Number of channels
Range
Insulation
16 inputs
24 VDC
Insulated inputs
16 inputs
48 VDC
Insulated inputs
16 inputs
125 VDC
Insulated inputs
16 inputs
24 VAC 24 VDC
Insulated inputs
16 inputs 16 inputs 8 inputs 8 inputs
48 VAC
Insulated inputs
Type 3
100...120
VAC
Insulated inputs
Type 3
100...120
VAC channel to channel isolated inputs
Type 3
200...240
VAC
Insulated inputs
Type 2 IEC 61131-2 compliance
Logic
Proximity sensor compatibility
Response time
Reference
Type 3
Positive
4 ms
BMX DDI
1602
Type 1
Positive
4 ms
BMX DDI
1603
N/A
Positive
60947-5-2 standard compliant)
5 ms
Type 1
N/A
2-wire DC and 3-wire PNP proximity sensor (IEC
15 ms
N/A
Positive or
Negative
N/A
BMX DDI
1604T
BMX DAI 1602
N/A
BMX DAI
1603
N/A
BMX DAI
1604
N/A
BMX DAI
0814
N/A
2-wire DC and 3-wire PNP proximity sensor (IEC
60947-5-2 standard compliant)
10 ms 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms
BMX DAI
0805
35012474.19
19
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Catalog of discrete input modules with 40-pin terminal block connection.
Discrete input module / 40–pin terminal block Type of module /
Interface
Illustration
Number of channels
Range
Insulation
16 inputs
IEC 61131-2 compliance
Logic
Proximity sensor compatibility
N/A N/A
2-wire and 3-wire proximity sensor (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant)
10 ms
16 inputs
10 ms
32 inputs
100...120 VAC channel to channel isolated inputs
Type 1
200...240 VAC channel to channel isolated inputs
Type 1
48 VDC
Inputs insulated per group of 16 channels
Type 3
Positive
2-wire proximity sensor
3-wire PNP proximity sensor
4 ms Response time
Reference BMX DAI 1614 BMX DAI 1615 BMX DDI 3203
32 inputs
12/24 VDC
Inputs insulated per group of 16 channels
Type 3 (24 VDC input)
Positive or Negative
N/A
4 ms
BMX DDI 3232
20 35012474.19
Catalog of 40-pin Connector Input Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Catalog of discrete input modules with 40-pin connectors.
Discrete input module / 40–pin connector(s) Type of module /
Interface
Illustration
Discrete input module
Number of channels
Range
Insulation
IEC 61131-2 compliance
Logic
Proximity sensor compatibility
Response time
Reference
32 inputs
24 VDC
Inputs insulated per group of 16 channels
Type 1
Positive
2-wire proximity sensor
3-wire PNP proximity sensor
4 ms
BMX DDI 3202 K
64 inputs
24 VDC
Inputs insulated per group of 16 channels
No type
Positive
3-wire PNP proximity sensor
4 ms
BMX DDI 6402 K
35012474.19
21
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Discrete Output Modules Catalog
At a Glance
The tables below show the catalogs of static and relay output modules.
Catalog of Output Modules
Type of module
Illustration
Catalog of discrete static output modules with connection via 20-pin terminal blocks and 40-pin connectors.
Static outputs with 20-pin terminal block connections
Static outputs with
40-pin terminal block connections
Static outputs with 40-pin connections
Discrete output module Discrete output module
Discrete output module
Discrete output module
Number of channels
Range
Insulation
Current
Overload protection
Logic
Response time
16 outputs
24 VDC
Insulated outputs
0.5 A
Positive
1.2 ms
16 outputs
24 VDC
Insulated outputs
0.5 A
Negative
1.2 ms
32 outputs
12/24 VDC
Outputs insulated per group of 16 channels
0.5 A
Positive
0.3 ms
32 outputs
24 VDC
0.1 A
Positive
1.2 ms
64 outputs
24 VDC
Outputs insulated per group of 16 channels
Outputs protected against short-circuits and overloads with automatic or controlled reactivation and fast electromagnet demagnetization circuit.
0.1 A
Positive
1.2 ms
Type of Interface 20-pin terminal block 20-pin terminal block 40-pin terminal block 1 x 40-pin connector 2 x 40-pin connectors
Reference BMX DDO 1602 BMX DDO 1612 BMX DDO 3202 BMX DDO 3202 K BMX DDO 6402 K
Catalog of Relay Output Modules
Catalog of discrete relay output modules with 20-pin and 40-pin terminal block connection.
22 35012474.19
Type of module Relay outputs with 20-pin terminal block connections
Illustration
Discrete output module
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Relay outputs with 40-pin terminal block connections
Discrete output module
Number of channels
Range
Insulation
Type of contact
Thermal current per channel
Overload protection
Logic
Response time
Type of Interface
Reference
8 outputs 8 outputs 8 outputs
125 VDC
Outputs insulated from ground
8 insulated channels
24 VDC or 24...240
VAC
Outputs insulated from ground
8 insulated channels
5...125 VDC or
24...240 VAC
Outputs insulated from ground
8 insulated channels
3 A 3 A 2 A
16 outputs 8 NO/NC outputs
24...48 VDC or
24...240 VAC
Outputs insulated from ground
1 common per group of 8 channels
2 A
5...125 VDC or 24...240
VAC
Outputs insulated from ground
8 insulated channels
4 A
No protection
Positive/negative
10 ms max
20-pin terminal block
BMX DRA 0804T
No protection
Positive/negative
10 ms max
20-pin terminal block
BMX DRA 0805
No protection
Positive/negative
13 ms max
20-pin terminal block
BMX DRA 0815
No protection
Positive/negative
10 ms max
20-pin terminal block
BMX DRA 1605
No protection
Positive/negative
13 ms max
40-pin terminal block
BMX DRC 0805
Catalog of Triac Output Module
Catalog of discrete triac output module with connection via 20-pin and 40-pin terminal blocks.
Triac outputs with 20-pin terminal block connections Triac outputs with 40-pin terminal block connections Type of module
Illustration
Discrete output module Discrete output module
Number of channels
Range
Insulation
16 outputs
100...240 VAC
Outputs insulated by group of 4 channels
35012474.19
16 outputs
24...240 VAC
Outputs individually insulated
23
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Current
Overload protection
Logic
Response time
Type of Interface
Reference max: 0.6 A / points (with derating)
Snubber circuit and varistor
-
1 ms + 0.5 x (1/F)
(where F = frequency in Hz)
20-pin terminal block
BMX DAO 1605
max: 3 A per channel (with derating)
Snubber circuit and varistor
max: 0.5 x (1/F)
(where F = frequency in Hz)
40-pin terminal block
BMX DAO 1615
24 35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Discrete Mixed Input/Output Modules Catalog
At a Glance
The table below presents the catalog of discrete mixed input/output modules with connections by 20-pin terminal block and by 40-pin connectors.
Catalog
Type of module
Catalog of discrete mixed input/output modules with connection via 20-pin terminal blocks and 40-pin connectors.
Mixed inputs/outputs with 20-pin terminal block connections Mixed inputs/outputs with 40pin terminal block connections
Illustration
Discrete mixed input/output modules Discrete mixed input/output modules
Inputs
Outputs
Number of channels
Range
Insulation
IEC 61131-2 compliant
Logic
Response time
Range
8 inputs
8 outputs
24 VDC
Insulated inputs
Type 3
Positive
4 ms
Static outputs
24 VDC
Insulation Outputs insulated from ground
Current
IEC 61131-2 compliant
Overload protection
Logic
Response time
Connections
Reference
0.5 A
Yes
Outputs are protected against overloads and short-circuits.
Positive
1.2 ms
20-pin terminal block
BMX DDM 16022
8 inputs
8 outputs
24 VDC
Insulated inputs
Type 3
Positive
4 ms
Relay outputs
24 VDC or
24...240 VAC
Outputs insulated from ground
1 common per group of 8 channels
2 A
Yes
N/A
N/A
10 ms max
20-pin terminal block
BMX DDM 16025
16 inputs
16 outputs
24 VDC
Insulated inputs
Type 1
Positive
4 ms
Static outputs
24 VDC
Outputs insulated from ground
0.1 A
Yes
Outputs are protected against overloads and short-circuits.
Positive
1.2 ms
1 x 40-pin connector
BMX DDM 3202 K
35012474.19
25
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Dimensions of X80 Discrete I/O Modules
General Presentation of X80 Discrete I/O Modules
X80 Discrete I/O Module with a 20-pin removable terminal block
a DIN-rail depth: the value depends on the DIN-rail type used in your platform.
X80 Discrete I/O Module with a 40-pin removable terminal block
26 a DIN-rail depth: the value depends on the DIN-rail type used in your platform.
Refer to Mounting the Racks (see Modicon X80, Racks and Power Supplies,
Hardware Reference Manual).
35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Modules
X80 Discrete I/O Module with 40-pin FCN-type connectors a DIN-rail depth: the value depends on the DIN-rail type used in your platform.
Dimensions of X80 Discrete Modules
Module reference Module dimension
Width Height
X80 Discrete I/O Modules with a 20-pin removable terminal block
BMXDDI1602(H)
BMXDDI1603(H)
BMXDDI1604T
BMXDAI1602(H)
BMXDAI1603(H)
BMXDAI1604(H)
BMXDAI0805(H)
BMXDAI0814
BMXDDO1602(H)
BMXDDO1612(H)
BMXDRA0804T
BMXDRA0805(H)
BMXDRA0815(H)
BMXDRA1605(H)
32 mm (1.26 in.) 103.7 mm (4.08 in.)
BMXDAO1605(H)
BMXDDM1622(H)
BMXDDM1625(H)
X80 Discrete I/O Modules with a 40-pin removable terminal block
Module alone
86 mm (3.39 in.)
Installation depth (1)
119.5 mm (4.69 in.) (1)
35012474.19
27
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Module reference Module dimension
Width
32 mm (1.26 in.)
Height
134.6 mm (5.30 in.) BMXDDI3232(H)
BMXDDI3203(H)
BMXDAI1614(H)
BMXDAI1615(H)
BMXDRC0805(H)
BMXDAO1615(H)
BMXDDO3202(H)
X80 Discrete I/O Modules with 1 or 2 40-pin FCN-type connectors
BMXDDI3202K
BMXDDI3202K(H)
BMXDDO3202K
BMXDDO3202K(C)
BMXDDM3202K
BMXDDI6402K
BMXDDI6402K(H)
32 mm (1.26 in.)
BMXDDO6402K
BMXDDO6402(KC)
(1) DIN-rail depth (a) is not included.
103.7 mm (4.08 in.)
Module alone
86 mm (3.39 in.)
86 mm (3.39 in.)
Installation depth (1)
119.5 mm (4.69 in.) (1)
126.5 mm (4.96 in.) (1)
NOTE: Connectors that are delivered with the X80 Discrete I/O modules (20pin and 40-pin removable terminal blocks) and the corresponding preassembled cordsets (BMXFTW**1 and BMXFTW**5) have the same dimensions.
NOTE: Consider clearance for cable installation and spacing around the racks.
28 35012474.19
Temperature Derating
At a Glance
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The characteristics are specified for a load rate of 60% of the channels.
CAUTION
OVERHEATING HAZARD
Take into account the temperature derating of the discrete I/O modules at the installation to prevent the device from overheating and/or deteriorating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
If the rate is greater than 60%, confirm that the following downgrade curve is taken into consideration.
Total current per module
100%
80%
60%
40%
20%
0%
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Temperature (°C)
NOTE: There is no temperature derating for relay modules. Check that the overall consumption of the 24 VDC power supply is sufficient.
NOTE: For static outputs, temperature derating is carried out on the basis of the maximum current produced by the active outputs.
Altitude Operating Conditions
The temperature derating applies to the modules for use at altitude up to 2000 m
(6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage
Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and
Certifications).
Examples
• BMX DDO 1602
Suppose the BMX DDO 1602 module with sixteen 24 VDC/0.5 A outputs produces 0.5 A per channel. For an ambient temperature reading of between
0°C and 40°C, the maximum admissible current in the module is equal to 16 x
0.5 = 8 A. Above 40°C, confirm that the downgrading curve is applied. At 60°
C, confirm that the maximum current in 24 VDC does not exceed 8 x 60% =
4.8 A. This value corresponds to 10 outputs at 0.5 A or 16 outputs at 0.3 A or other combinations.
35012474.19
29
Discrete Input/Output Modules
• BMX DDO 6402 K
Suppose the BMX DDO 6402 K module with sixty-four 24 VDC/0.1 A outputs produces 0.1 A per channel. For an ambient temperature reading of between
0°C and 40°C, the maximum admissible current in the module is equal to 64 x
0.1 = 6.4 A. Above 40°C, confirm that the downgrading curve isapplied. At 60°
C, confirm that the maximum current in 24 VDC does not exceed 6.4 x 60% =
3.8 A. This value corresponds to 38 outputs at 0.1 A or 64 outputs at 0.05 A or other combinations.
• BMX DAO 1605
Suppose the BMX DAO 1605 module with sixteen 220 VAC outputs producing 0.3 A per channel. For an ambient temperature reading of between
0°C and 40°C, the maximum admissible current in the module is equal to 16 x
0.3 A = 4.8 A (2,4 A per 8-channel group maximum). Above 40°C, confirm that the downgrading curve isapplied. At 60°C, confirm that the maximum current in 220 Vac does not exceed 4.8 A x 0.6 = 2.9 A (1.5 A per 8-channel group maximum). This value corresponds to 10 outputs at 0.3 A or to 16 outputs at 0.18 A.
30 35012474.19
Standards and Certifications
Download
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Click the link that corresponds to your preferred language to download standards and certifications (PDF format) that apply to the modules in this product line:
Title
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O
Platforms, Standards and Certifications
Languages
• English: EIO0000002726
• French: EIO0000002727
• German: EIO0000002728
• Italian: EIO0000002730
• Spanish: EIO0000002729
• Chinese: EIO0000002731
35012474.19
31
Discrete Input/Output Modules
General Rules for Installing the Modules
General Rules for Installing the Modules
What’s in This Chapter
20-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 20•0 ...........................................................35
40-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 40•0 ...........................................................38
Fitting a 20-pin Terminal Block to a Module......................................................48
Fitting a 40-Pin Terminal Block to a Module .....................................................52
Fitting a 40-pin FCN Type Connector to a Module ............................................56
Presentation for Choosing Power Supplies for Sensors and Pre-
How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules: Connecting 40-Pin
How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules: Connecting 40-Pin
Connector Modules to TELEFAST Interfaces...................................................68
Sensor/Input Compatibility and Pre-actuator/Output Compatibility.....................73
Subject of this Section
This chapter presents the general rules for installing discrete input/output modules.
32 35012474.19
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Fitting of the Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
At a Glance
The discrete input/output modules are powered by the bus of the rack. The modules may be handled without turning off power supply to the rack, without damage or disturbance to the PLC.
Fitting operations (installation, assembly and disassembly) are described below.
Installation Precautions
The Modicon X80 discrete modules may be installed in any of the positions in the rack except:
• the positions reserved for the rack power supply modules (marked PS, PS1, and PS2),
• the positions reserved for extended modules (marked XBE),
• the positions reserved for the CPU in the main local rack (marked 00 or marked 00 and 01 depending on the CPU),
• the positions reserved for the (e)X80 adapter module in the main remote drop
(marked 00).
Power is supplied by the bus at the bottom of the rack (3.3 V and 24 V).
Before installing a module, you must take off the protective cap from the module connector located on the rack.
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Disconnect the power to the sensors and pre-actuators and disconnect the terminal block to carry out assembly and disassembly of the modules.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
Installation
The diagram below shows some discrete input/output modules mounted on the rack.
35012474.19
33
Discrete Input/Output Modules
General Rules for Installing the Modules
The following table describes the different elements which make up the assembly below.
2
3
Number
1
4
Description
20-pin terminal block module
40-pin connector module
2 x 40-pin connector module
Standard rack
Installing the Module on the Rack
The table below presents the procedure for mounting the discrete input/output modules on the rack:
Step
1
2
3
4
Action
Remove the protective cover from the connector of the module slot on the Modicon X80 rack.
Position the locating pins situated at the rear of the module (on the bottom part) in the corresponding slot in the rack.
Swivel the module towards the top of the rack so that the module sits flush with the back of the rack.
Tighten the mounting screw on top of the module to hold in place on the rack.
Tightening torque: 0.4...1.5 N•m (0.30...1.10 lbf-ft).
WARNING
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Check that the mounting screw is securely tightened to ensure the module is firmly attached to the rack.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
34 35012474.19
General Rules for Installing the Modules
20-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 20•0
At a Glance
There are three types of 20-pin terminal blocks:
• BMX FTB 2010 screw clamp terminal blocks
• BMX FTB 2000 caged terminal blocks
• BMX FTB 2020 spring terminal blocks
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Cable Ends and Contacts
Each terminal block can accommodate:
• Bare wires
• Wires with:
◦ DZ5-CE (ferrule) type cable ends:
◦ AZ5-DE (twin ferrule) type cable ends:
NOTE: When using stranded cable, Schneider Electric strongly recommends the use of wire ferrules which are fitted with an appropriate crimping tool.
Description of the 20-pin Terminal Blocks
The following table describes the type of wires that fit each terminal block and the associated gauge range, wiring constraints, and tightening torque:
Screw Clamp Terminal Blocks
BMX FTB 2010
Caged Terminal Blocks
BMX FTB 2000
Spring Terminal Blocks
BMX FTB 2020
Illustration
1 solid conductor
2 solid conductors
1 stranded cable
• AWG: 22...16
• mm 2 : 0.34...1.5
2 conductors of the same size:
• AWG: 2 x 22...16
• mm 2 : 2 x 0.34...1.5
• AWG: 22...16
• mm 2 : 0.34...1.5
• AWG: 22...18
• mm 2 : 0.34...1
Only possible with twin ferrule:
• AWG: 2 x 24...20
• mm 2 : 2 x 0.24...0.75
• AWG: 22...18
• mm 2 : 0.34...1
• AWG: 22...18
• mm 2 : 0.34...1
Only possible with twin ferrule:
• AWG: 2 x 24...20
• mm 2 : 2 x 0.24...0.75
• AWG: 22...18
• mm 2 : 0.34...1
35012474.19
35
Discrete Input/Output Modules
2 stranded cables
1 stranded cable with ferrule
Screw Clamp Terminal Blocks
BMX FTB 2010
2 conductors of the same size:
• AWG: 2 x 22...16
• mm 2 : 2 x 0.34...1.5
• AWG: 22...16
• mm 2 : 0.34...1.5
Caged Terminal Blocks
BMX FTB 2000
Only possible with twin ferrule:
• AWG: 2 x 24...20
• mm 2 : 2 x 0.24...0.75
• AWG: 22...18
• mm 2 : 0.34...1
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Spring Terminal Blocks
BMX FTB 2020
Only possible with twin ferrule:
• AWG: 2 x 24...20
• mm 2 : 2 x 0.24...0.75
• AWG: 22...18
• mm 2 : 0.34...1
2 stranded cables with twin ferrule
• AWG: 2 x 24...18
• mm 2 : 2 x 0.24...1
• AWG: 2 x 24...20
• mm 2 : 2 x 0.24...0.75
• AWG: 2 x 24...20
• mm 2 : 2 x 0.24...0.75
Minimum individual wire size in stranded cables when a ferrule is not used
• AWG: 30
• mm 2 : 0.0507
• AWG: 30
• mm 2 : 0.0507
• AWG: 30
• mm 2 : 0.0507
Wiring constraints
Screw tightening torque
Screw clamps have slots that accept:
• Flat-tipped screwdrivers with a diameter of 5 mm.
• Pozidriv PZ1 or Philips PH1 cross-tipped screwdrivers.
Screw clamp terminal blocks have captive screws. On the supplied blocks, these screws are not tightened.
0.5 N•m (0.37 lbf-ft)
Caged terminal blocks have slots that accept:
• Flat-tipped screwdrivers with a diameter of 3 mm.
Caged terminal blocks have captive screws. On the supplied blocks, these screws are not tightened.
0.4 N•m (0.30 lbf-ft)
The wires are connected by pressing the button located next to each pin.
To press the button, use a flattipped screwdriver with a maximum diameter of 3 mm.
Not applicable
Connection of 20-pin Terminal Blocks
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
Turn off all power to sensor and pre-actuator devices before connection or disconnection of the terminal block.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
36 35012474.19
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The following diagram shows the method for opening the 20-pin terminal block door so that it can be wired:
NOTE: The connection cable is installed and held in place by a cable clamp positioned below the 20-pin terminal block.
Labeling of 20-pin Terminal Blocks
Labels for the 20-pin terminal blocks are supplied with the module. They are to be inserted in the terminal block cover by the customer.
Each label has two sides:
• One side that is visible from the outside when the cover is closed. This side features the commercial product references, an abbreviated description of the module, as well as a blank section for customer labeling.
• One side that is visible from the inside when the cover is open. This side shows the terminal block connection diagram.
35012474.19
37
Discrete Input/Output Modules
40-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 40•0
General Rules for Installing the Modules
At a Glance
There are two versions, available in two types of 40-pin terminal blocks:
Standard version
Hardened version
• BMX FTB 4000 caged terminal block
• BMX FTB 4020 spring terminal block
• BMX FTB 4000H caged terminal block with gold plating
• BMX FTB 4020H spring terminal block with gold plating
Both standard and hardened version of terminal block are applicable for hardened module. However, hardened terminal block could provide a better protection to the terminal block in the severe environment due to its gold plating.
There are also preassembled cordsets with a BMX FTB 4020 terminal block at one end and flying leads at the other. The cordsets are available under reference
Cable Ends and Contacts
The 40-pin terminal blocks are designed for only one wire or one cable end.
Each terminal block can accommodate:
• Bare wires:
◦ Solid conductor
◦ Stranded cable
• Wires with ferrule (DZ5CE••••/DZ5CA•••• single type cable ends):
NOTE: When using stranded cable, Schneider Electric strongly recommends the use of wire ferrules which are fitted with an appropriate crimping tool.
Jumper bar
To facilitate the wiring, a 20-pin jumper bar with plastic handle is provided with 40pin caged screw terminal block BMX FTB 4000:
The following graphic shows an example of using the jumper bar for non-isolated wiring channel 0-2 with on a BMX DRC 0805 module:
1 Jumper bar
2 to common
38 35012474.19
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
CAUTION
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Do not exceed the maximum capability of a single point of the terminal block when using it to carry the whole common current:
• 10 A maximum for a single point of the BMXFTB4000 terminal block
• 8 A maximum for a single point of the BMXFTB4020 terminal block
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
Description of the 40-pin Terminal Blocks
The following table describes the type of wires that fit each terminal block and the associated gauge range, wiring constraints, and tightening torque:
Caged Terminal Blocks
BMX FTB 4000
Spring Terminal Blocks
BMX FTB 4020
Illustration
35012474.19
1 solid conductor
1 stranded cable
• AWG: 26...18
• mm 2 : 0.13...1
• AWG: 22...18
• mm 2 : 0.34...1
1 stranded cable with ferrule
Minimum individual wire size in stranded cables when a ferrule is not used
• AWG: 22...18
• mm 2 : 0.34...1
• AWG: 30
• mm 2 : 0.0507
• AWG: 26...18
• mm 2 : 0.13...1
• AWG: 22...18
• mm 2 : 0.34...1
• AWG: 22...18
• mm 2 : 0.34...1
• AWG: 30
• mm 2 : 0.0507
39
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Wiring constraints
Screw tightening torque
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Caged Terminal Blocks
BMX FTB 4000
Caged terminal blocks have slots that accept:
• Flat-tipped screwdrivers with a diameter of 3 mm.
Caged terminal blocks have captive screws. On the supplied blocks, these screws are not tightened.
0.4 N•m (0.30 lbf-ft)
Spring Terminal Blocks
BMX FTB 4020
The wires are connected by pressing the button located next to each pin.
To press the button, use a flat-tipped screwdriver with a maximum diameter of 3 mm.
Not applicable
Connection of 40-pin Terminal Blocks
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
Turn off all power to sensor and pre-actuator devices before connection or disconnection of the terminal block.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
The following diagram shows the method for opening the terminal block cover so that it can be wired.
40
The connection cable is installed and held in place by cable clamps positioned below the terminal block.
NOTE: For installation where vibration can occur, do not let the cable loose from movement. Tighten cable to the bar of the shielding connection kit
BMXXSP••00 or to rear mounting plate using cable clamp.
35012474.19
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Labeling the Terminal Blocks
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The labels for the terminal blocks are supplied with the module. They are to be inserted in the terminal block cover by the customer.
Each label has two sides:
• One side that is visible from the outside when the cover is closed. This side features the commercial product references, an abbreviated description of the module, as well as a blank section for customer labeling.
• One side that is visible from the inside when the cover is open. This side shows the terminal block connection diagram.
35012474.19
41
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMXFTW••1 Cable
Introduction
General Rules for Installing the Modules
20-pin connector modules are connected to sensors, pre-actuators or terminals using a cable designed to enable direct wire to wire transition of the module’s inputs/outputs.
WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
• Use only a connector that is designed for a specific module.
• Plugging the wrong connector can cause an unexpected behavior of the application.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
BMXFTW••1 Cable Description
The BMXFTW•01 cables are pre-assembled cord set, made up of:
• At one end, a compound-filled 20-pin BMXFTB2020 terminal block, from which extends one cable sheath containing 20 wires
• At the other end, free wire ends differentiated by color code
The following figure shows the BMXFTW•01 cables:
1 BMXFTB2020 terminal block
2 First of external sheath
3 Wires not stripped
4 Strand of nylon allowing the cable sheath to be stripped easily
L Length according to the part number
The connection cables have three different lengths:
• 3 m (9.84 ft): BMXFTW301
• 5 m (16.40 ft): BMXFTW501
• 10 m (32.80 ft): BMXFTW1001
42 35012474.19
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Connection of BMXFTW••1 Cables
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The following diagram shows the connection of the BMXFTW••1 cable:
BMXFTW••1 Cable Characteristics
The following table presents the general characteristics:
Characteristics
Cable
Application type
Conductor description
Environmental
Applicable standards
Sheath material
LSZH status
Maximum voltage
Number of conductors
Gauge
Material
Operating temperature
Values
PVC
No
300 Vrms
20
0.34 mm 2 (22 AWG)
Tinned copper
-25...70 °C (-13....158 °F)
DIN47100
Cable Installation
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
Turn off all power to sensor and pre-actuator devices before connecting or disconnecting the terminal block.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
35012474.19
43
Discrete Input/Output Modules
General Rules for Installing the Modules
The following diagram shows the pre-assembled cable connected to the module:
For more detailed information, refer to the topic
Fitting a 20-pin Terminal Block to a
44 35012474.19
General Rules for Installing the Modules
BMXFTW••5 Cable
Introduction
Discrete Input/Output Modules
40-pin connector modules are connected to sensors, pre-actuators or terminals using a cable designed to enable direct wire to wire transition of the module’s inputs/outputs.
WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
• Use only a connector that is designed for a specific module.
• Plugging the wrong connector can cause an unexpected behavior of the application.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
BMXFTW••5 Cable Description
The BMXFT ••5 cables are pre-assembled cord set, made up of:
• At one end, a compound-filled 40-pin BMXFTB4020 terminal block (non-gold plated spring terminal block), from which extends one cable sheath containing
40 wires
• At the other end, free wire ends differentiated by color code
NOTE: This pre-assembled cord set is only dedicated to standard module version.
WARNING
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Do not use BMXFTW••5 cables with hardened module.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
The following figure shows the BMXFTW••05 cables:
35012474.19
1 BMXFTB4020 terminal block
2 First of external sheath
3 Wires not stripped
4 Strand of nylon allowing the cable sheath to be stripped easily
L Length according to the part number
The connection cables have two different lengths:
• 3 m (9.84 ft): BMXFTW305
45
Discrete Input/Output Modules
General Rules for Installing the Modules
• 5 m (16.40 ft): BMXFTW505
BMXFTW••5 Cable Connection
The following diagram shows the connections and the color-coded according to
DIN47100:
BMXFTW••5 Cable Characteristics
The following table presents the general characteristics:
Characteristics
Cable
Application type
Conductor description
Electrical
Sheath material
LSZH status
Maximum voltage
Number of conductors
Gauge
Material
Maximum current
Dielectric withstand
Values
PVC
No
300 Vrms
40
0.34 mm 2 (22 AWG)
Tinned copper
2 A below 30 °C (86 °F)
0.8 A below 70 °C (158 °F)
2500 V for 1 min.
46 35012474.19
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Characteristics
Environmental
Applicable standards
Operating temperature
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Values
-25...70 °C (-13....158 °F)
DIN47100
BMXFTW••5 Cable Installation
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
Turn off all power to sensor and pre-actuator devices before connecting or disconnecting the terminal block.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
The following diagram shows the pre-assembled cable connected to the module:
35012474.19
For more information, refer to the
Fitting a 40-pin Terminal Block to a Module topic , page 52 .
NOTE: For installation where vibration can occur, do not let the BMXFTW••5 cable loose from movement. Tighten cable to the bar of the BMXXSP••00 shielding connection kit or to rear mounting plate using cable clamp.
47
Discrete Input/Output Modules
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Fitting a 20-pin Terminal Block to a Module
At a Glance
The modules with 20-pin terminal block connections require the terminal block to be connected to the module. These fitting operations (assembly and disassembly) are described below.
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Terminal block must be connected or disconnected with sensor and preactuator voltage switched off.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE
Do not plug an AC terminal block into a DC module. This will cause damage to the module.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
Installing the Terminal Block
The following table shows the procedure for assembling the 20-pin terminal block onto a discrete input/output module.
48
Assembly Procedure
Step
1
2
Action
Once the module is in place on the rack, install the terminal block by inserting the terminal block encoder (the rear lower part of the terminal) into the module's encoder (the front lower part of the module), as shown above.
NOTE: The module connector have indicators which show the proper direction to use for terminal block installation.
Fix the terminal block to the module by tightening the 2 mounting screws located on the lower and upper parts of the terminal block.
Tightening torque: 0.4 N•m (0.30 lbf-ft).
NOTE: If the screws are not tightened, there is a risk that the terminal block will not be properly fixed to the module.
35012474.19
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Coding the 20-Pin Terminal Block
Discrete Input/Output Modules
WARNING
UNEXPECTED BEHAVIOR OF APPLICATION
Code the terminal block as described below to prevent the terminal block from being mounted on another module. Plugging the wrong connector could cause unexpected behavior of the application.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
CAUTION
DESTRUCTION OF THE MODULE
Code the terminal block as described below to prevent the terminal block from being mounted on another module. Plugging the wrong connector could cause the module to be destroyed.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
When a 20-pin terminal block is installed on a module dedicated to this type of terminal block, you can code the terminal block and the module using studs. The purpose of the studs is to prevent the terminal block from being mounted on another module. Incorrect insertion can then be avoided when replacing a module.
Coding is done by the user with the STB XMP 7800 guidance wheel’s studs. You can only fill the 6 slots in the middle of the left side (as seen from the wiring side) of the terminal block, and can fill the module’s 6 guidance slots on the left side.
To fit the terminal block to the module, a module slot with a stud must correspond to an empty slot in the terminal block, or a terminal block with a stud must correspond to an empty slot in the module. You can fill up to and including either of the 6 available slots as desired.
35012474.19
49
Discrete Input/Output Modules
General Rules for Installing the Modules
The diagram below shows a guidance wheel as well as the slots on the module used for coding the 20-pin terminal blocks.
The diagram below shows an example of a coding configuration that makes it possible to fit the terminal block to the module.
50 35012474.19
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The diagram below shows an example of coding configuration with which it is not possible to fit the terminal block to the module.
35012474.19
51
Discrete Input/Output Modules
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Fitting a 40-Pin Terminal Block to a Module
At a Glance
The modules with 40-pin terminal block connections require the terminal block to be connected to the module. These fitting operations (assembly and disassembly) are described below.
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Terminal blocks must be connected or disconnected with sensor and preactuator voltage switched off.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE
Do not plug an AC terminal block into a DC module. This will cause damage to the module.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
Installing the 40-Pin Terminal Block
The following table shows the procedure for assembling the 40-pin terminal block onto a discrete input/output module.
52
Assembly Procedure
Step
1
2
Action
Once the module is in place on the rack, install the terminal block by inserting the terminal block encoder (the rear lower part of the terminal) into the module's encoder
(the front lower part of the module), as shown above.
NOTE: The module connector have indicators which show the proper direction to use for terminal block installation.
Fix the terminal block to the module by tightening the 2 mounting screws located on the lower and upper parts of the terminal block.
Tightening torque: 0.4 N•m (0.30 lbf-ft).
NOTE: If the screws are not tightened, there is a risk that the terminal block will not be properly fixed to the module.
35012474.19
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Coding the 40-Pin Terminal Block
Discrete Input/Output Modules
WARNING
UNEXPECTED BEHAVIOR OF APPLICATION
Code the terminal block as described below to prevent the terminal block from being mounted on another module. Plugging the wrong connector could cause unexpected behavior of the application.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
CAUTION
DESTRUCTION OF THE MODULE
Code the terminal block as described below to prevent the terminal block from being mounted on another module. Plugging the wrong connector could cause the module to be destroyed.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
When a 40-pin terminal block is installed on a module dedicated to this type of terminal block, you can code the terminal block and the module using studs. The purpose of the studs is to prevent the terminal block from being mounted on another module. Incorrect insertion can then be avoided when replacing a module.
Coding is done by the user with the STB XMP 7800 guidance wheel’s studs. You can only fill the 12 slots in the middle of the left side (as seen from the wiring side) of the terminal block, and can fill the module’s 12 guidance slots on the left side.
To fit the terminal block to the module, a module slot with a stud must correspond to an empty slot in the terminal block, or a terminal block with a stud must correspond to an empty slot in the module. You can fill up to and including either of the 12 available slots as desired.
35012474.19
53
Discrete Input/Output Modules
General Rules for Installing the Modules
The diagram below shows a guidance wheel as well as the slots on the module used for coding the 40-pin terminal blocks.
54
1 Guidance wheel
2 Detachable stud
3 Guidance slots
35012474.19
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The diagram below shows an example of a coding configuration that makes it possible to fit the terminal block to the module.
The diagram below shows an example of coding configuration with which it is not possible to fit the terminal block to the module.
35012474.19
55
Discrete Input/Output Modules
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Fitting a 40-pin FCN Type Connector to a Module
At a Glance
The modules with 40-pin FCN type connections require the latter to be connected to the module. These fitting operations (assembly and disassembly) are described below.
DANGER
ELECTRICAL SHOCK
FCN type connector must be connected or disconnected with sensor and preactuator voltage switched off.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE
Do not plug an AC connector on a DC module. This would cause equipment damage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
Installing the Connector
The following table shows the procedure for assembling the connector onto modules:
56
Assembly procedure:
Step
1
2
Action
Once the module is in place on the rack, insert the FCN connector of the cable into the module’s connector, as shown above.
Fix the connector to the module by tightening the 2 mounting screws located on the lower and upper parts of the terminal block.
Tightening torque: 0.4 N•m (0.30 lbf-ft).
NOTE: If the screws are not tightened, there is a risk that the terminal block will not be properly fixed to the module.
35012474.19
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Presentation for Choosing Power Supplies for Sensors and Pre-Actuators
At a Glance
The different choices of power supply for sensors and pre-actuators linked to discrete input/output modules require certain usage precautions to be observed.
External Direct Current Power Supplies
Rectified power supplies with no filtering are prohibited.
WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
When using an external 24 VDC direct current power supply, use one of the following:
• regulated power supplies
• non-regulated power supplies with:
• filtering of 1000 μF/A with full-wave single phase rectification and 500 μF/A with tri-phase rectification
• 5% maximum peak to peak ripple rate
• maximum voltage variation of: -20% to +25% of the nominal voltage
(including ripple)
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
Ni-Cad Battery Power Supplies
Ni-Cad battery power supplies can be used to power sensors and pre-actuators and all associated inputs/outputs that have a normal operating voltage of 30 VDC maximum.
While being charged, this type of battery can reach, for a duration of one hour, a voltage of 34 VDC. For this reason, all input/output modules with an operating voltage of 24 VDC can withstand this voltage (34 VDC) for up to one hour every 24 hours. This type of operation entails the following restrictions:
• At 34 VDC, confirm that the maximum current withstood by the outputs does not exceed the maximum current defined for a voltage of 30 VDC.
• Temperature downgrading imposes the following restrictions:
◦ 80% of inputs/outputs at 1 up to 30°C
◦ 50% of inputs/outputs at 1 up to 60°C
CAUTION
OVERHEATING HAZARD
Consider the temperature derating of the discrete I/O modules at the installation to prevent the device from overheating and/or deteriorating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
35012474.19
57
Discrete Input/Output Modules
External AC Current Power Supplies
General Rules for Installing the Modules
All BMXDAI••••, BMXDAO••••, BMXDRA••••, and BMXDRC•••• modules are designed for use in zone A and B defined in the PLC standard IEC 61131-2 and the generic EMC standard IEC 61000-6-2 without any specific protection against surges.
The following figure shows the zones defined in the PLC standard IEC 61131-2:
Zone A Local power distribution
Zone B Dedicated power distribution
Zone C Factory mains
1 Protection network should be appropriate to reduce Severity Levels from those of outdoor to Zone B.
2 Protection network should be appropriate to reduce Severity Levels from those of Zone A to Zone B
These modules are also suited to be installed in a power generation station/ substation according to the generic standard IEC 61000-6-5 for interfaces type 1 and 2, without any specific protection against surges.
58 35012474.19
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The following figure shows the interface types defined in the generic standard IEC
61000-6-5:
1 Inside protected area
2 Inside interface and/or control room and/or process area not involved in the electrical process
3 Inside or from process area involved in the electrical process
4 Connections from outside (HV area and external telecommunication)
Protection Against Surges of AC Power Lines for More Severe
Environments
The design of these modules helps ensure an immunity level for surges of 2 kV
Line to ground and 1 kV line to line. They do not require any external protection on
AC line branch.
If you want to install the PLC and its AC I/Os in a IEC 61131-2 zone C or to a IEC
61000-6-5 type 3 or type 4 interface, use primary protection provided only and severe interference coupling. The system integrator is responsible to take care of the system and help protect it properly
Providing mitigation measures, you can install the PLC and the IO module in a such environment.
All the installation requirements are detailed in the chapter J - Overvoltage protection of the Schneider Electrical Installation Guide. This documentation is available for download on www.se.com
.
Adding a type 2/class II surge protection device (SPD), for example an iQuick
PRD20r modular surge arrester with voltage protection level (Up) ≤1.5 kV, withstand surges of 4 kV Line to ground and 2 kV line to line.
35012474.19
59
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Wiring Precautions
At a Glance
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Discrete inputs/outputs feature protective measures that ensure a high resistance to industrial environmental conditions. Nevertheless, follow the rules described below.
External Power Supplies for Sensors and Pre-Actuators
Use quick-blow fuses to protect external sensor and pre-actuator power supplies associated with discrete input/output modules against short-circuits and overloads.
For 40-pin connector discrete input/output modules, link the sensor/pre-actuator power supply to each connector, except in the event where the corresponding channels are not in use and are not assigned to any task.
DANGER
IMPROPER GROUNDING HAZARD
Install the 24V supply according to applicable codes. Connect the 0V terminals of the 24V power supplies to metallic ground and safety ground as close as possible to the supply. This is to ensure personnel safety in the event of a power phase coming into contact with the 24V supply.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
NOTE: If an input/ouput module is present on the PLC, connect the sensor and pre-actuator power supply to the power supply of the module otherwise, an external power supply error occurs causing the input/output LED to flash.
Inputs
Recommendations for use concerning the inputs of discrete modules are as follows:
60 35012474.19
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
• for 24 VDC inputs and line coupling with an alternating current network:
WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
• Avoid excessive coupling between AC cables and cables relaying signals intended for direct current inputs.
• Follow the cable routing rules.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
This case (excessive coupling) is illustrated in the following circuit diagram.
When the input contact is open, the alternating currents may induce a current in the input which might cause it to be set to 1.
For a 240 VAC/50 Hz line coupling, do not exceed the line capacitance values given in the summary table at the end of this section. For a coupling with a different voltage, use the following formula:
• for 24 to 240 VAC inputs and line coupling:
When the line that controls the input is open, the current passes according to the coupling capacitance of the cable (see circuit diagram below).
35012474.19
Do not exceed the line capacitance values given in the summary table below.
The following summary table shows the acceptable line capacitance values.
61
Discrete Input/Output Modules
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Module Maximum coupling capacitance
24 to 125 VDC inputs
BMX DDI 1602 45 nF (1)
BMX DDI 1603
BMX DDI 1604T
BMX DDM 16022
BMX DDM 16025
BMX DDI 3202 K
BMX DDI 6402 K
BMX DDM 3202 K
24 to 140 VAC inputs
BMX DAI 0805
25 nF (1)
50 nF
BMX DAI 1615
BMX DAI 1602
BMX DAI 1603
BMX DAI 0814
50 nF
60 nF
70 nF
BMX DAI 1614
BMX DAI 1604
(1) max. admissible coupling capacitance with a 240 VAC / 50 Hz linemax. admissible coupling capacitance with a 240 VAC / 50 Hz line
Example: A standard cable of 1 m in length has a coupling capacity that falls within 100 and 150 pF.
Outputs
For the outputs of discrete I/O modules, follow the recommendations described here.
WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Use wires of a sufficient diameter to avoid drops in voltage, overheating, and unexpected equipment operation.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
Cable Routing
WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Observe the precautions below for the wiring system.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
Precautions for use to be taken concerning the wiring system are as follows:
62 35012474.19
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
• in order to reduce the number of alternating couplings, separate the power circuit cables (power supplies, power switches, etc.) from input cables
(sensors) and output cables (pre-actuators) both inside and outside the equipment
• outside the equipment, place the cables leading to inputs/outputs in covers that make them easily distinguishable from those containing wires relaying high energy levels. Place them in separate metal cableways which are grounded. Route these various cables at least 100 mm (4 in.) apart
35012474.19
63
Discrete Input/Output Modules
General Rules for Installing the Modules
How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules:
Connecting 40-Pin Connector Modules
Introduction
40-pin connector modules are connected to sensors, pre-actuators, or terminals using a cable designed to enable trouble-free direct wire to wire transition of the module’s inputs/outputs.
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, ARC FLASH OR EXPLOSION
40-pin connectors must be connected or disconnected with sensor and preactuator voltage switched off.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
The following diagram shows the connection of the cable to the module.
WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
During the installation process, ensure that the connectors are identified with the corresponding modules so that incorrect connection cannot occur. Plugging the wrong connector into a module will result in unexpected equipment operation.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
BMX FCW ••• Connection Cables
They are made up of:
64 35012474.19
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
• at one end, a compound-filled 40-pin connector from which extend 1 or 2 cable sheaths, each containing 20 wires with a cross-sectional area of 0.34
mm 2 (AWG 22)
• at the other end, free wire ends color coded
The cables with 1 cable sheath containing 20 wires designed to connect the 40pin connectors to the sensors or pre-actuators come in 3 different lengths:
• 3 meters: BMX FCW 301
• 5 meters: BMX FCW 501
• 10 meters: BMX FCW 1001
The figure below shows the BMX FCW ••1 cables.
The cables with 2 cable sheaths containing 20 wires designed to connect the 40pin connectors to the sensors or pre-actuators come in 3 different lengths:
• 3 meters: BMX FCW 303
• 5 meters: BMX FCW 503
• 10 meters: BMX FCW 1003
The figure below shows the BMX FCW ••3 cables.
35012474.19
65
Discrete Input/Output Modules
General Rules for Installing the Modules
NOTE: A strand of nylon incorporated in the cable allows the cable sheath to be stripped with ease.
NOTE: The maximum torque for tightening BMX FCW ••• cable connection screws is 0.8 N•m (0.59 lb-ft).
WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Do not exceed the maximum tightening torque. Excessive torque may result in wire breakage, resulting in poor or intermittent connection.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
Connection of BMX FCW ••• Cables
The diagram below shows the connection of BMX FCW ••1 cables:
66 35012474.19
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The diagram below shows the connection of BMX FCW ••3 cables:
BMX FCW ••• Cables Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics:
Characteristics
Cable
Conductor description
Sheath material
LSZH status
Number of conductors
Environmental
Applicable standards
Gauge
Material
Operating temperature
Values
PVC
No
• 20 for BMX FCW ••1
• 40 for BMX FCW ••3
0.34 mm 2 (22 AWG)
Tinned copper
-25...70 °C (-13....158 °F)
DIN47100
35012474.19
67
Discrete Input/Output Modules
General Rules for Installing the Modules
How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules:
Connecting 40-Pin Connector Modules to TELEFAST
Interfaces
At a Glance
The inputs/outputs of discrete 40-pin connector modules are connected to
TELEFAST quick-wiring connection and adaptation interfaces using specific cables for 40-pin to HE10 connectors.
Illustration
The drawing below shows the connection of a discrete 40-pin connector module to a TELEFAST interface.
BMX FCC ••• Connection Cables
The cables designed for connecting 40-pin connectors to 1xHE10 come in 6 different lengths:
• 0.5 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 051
• 1 meter, 20 wires: BMX FCC 101
• 2 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 201
• 3 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 301
• 5 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 501
• 10 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 1001
68 35012474.19
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The cables designed for connecting 40-pin connectors to 2xHE10 come in 6 different lengths:
• 0.5 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 053
• 1 meter, 20 wires: BMX FCC 103
• 2 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 203
• 3 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 303
• 5 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 503
• 10 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 1003
35012474.19
69
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Connection of BMX FCC ••• Cables
General Rules for Installing the Modules
The diagram below shows the connection of BMX FCC ••1 cables.
70 35012474.19
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The diagram below shows the connection of BMX FCC ••3 cables.
NOTE: The maximum torque for tightening BMX FCC ••• cable connection screws is 0,5 N•m (0.37 lb-ft).
WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Do not exceed the maximum tightening torque. Excessive torque may result in wire breakage, resulting in poor or intermittent connection.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
BMX FCC ••• Cables Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics:
Characteristics
Cable
Conductor description
Sheath material
LSZH status
Number of conductors
Environmental
Applicable standards
Gauge
Material
Operating temperature
Values
PVC
No
• 20 for BMX FCC ••1
• 40 for BMX FCC ••3
0.34 mm 2 (22 AWG)
Tinned copper
-25...70 °C (-13....158 °F)
DIN47100
35012474.19
71
Discrete Input/Output Modules
General Rules for Installing the Modules
72 35012474.19
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Sensor/Input Compatibility and Pre-actuator/Output
Compatibility
At a Glance
The compatibility between sensors and discrete module inputs depends on the type of sensor used.
Similarly, the compatibility between pre-actuators and discrete module outputs depends on the type of pre-actuator used.
Sensor/Input Compatibility
The following table presents the compatibility between 3-wire sensors and 24
VDC and 48 VDC inputs.
3-wire sensors and IEC 61131-2 compliant type 3 positive logic
(sink) inputs: all 3-wire PNP inductive or capacitive proximity sensors and photo-electric detectors which have an operating voltage of 24 VDC and 48 VDC are compatible with all positive logic inputs.
3-wire sensors and negative logic (source) inputs: all 3-wire NPN inductive or capacitive proximity sensors and photo-electric detectors which have an operating voltage of 24 VDC and 48
VDC are compatible with all negative logic inputs.
The following table presents the compatibility between 2-wire sensors and 24
VDC and 48 VDC inputs.
2-wire sensors and IEC 61131-2 compliant type 1 positive logic
(sink) inputs: all proximity sensors or other 2-wire sensors with an operating voltage of 24 VDC and 48 VDC and with the characteristics described in the next table are compatible with all positive logic 24 VDC inputs.
2-wire sensors and negative logic (source) inputs: all proximity sensors or other 2-wire sensors with an operating voltage of 24
VDC are compatible with all negative logic 24 VDC inputs.
35012474.19
Compatibility between 2-wire sensors and 24/48 VAC and 120 VAC inputs:
All IEC 60947-5-2 compliant 2-wire AC proximity sensors able to withstand
100...120 VAC are compatible with all IEC 61131-2 type 1 and type 3 compliant
110...20 VAC inputs.
73
Discrete Input/Output Modules
General Rules for Installing the Modules
The following tables provide a summary of compatibility between sensors and discrete input/output module inputs.
Types of proximity sensor
All PNP-type 3-wire (DC) proximity sensors
All NPN-type 3-wire (DC) proximity sensors
Telemecanique or other brand 2-wire (DC) proximity sensors with the following characteristics:
• Voltage drop in closed state ≤ 7 V
• Minimum switched current ≤ 2.5 mA
• Residual current in open state ≤ 1.5
mA
Telemecanique or other brand 2-wire (DC) proximity sensors with the following characteristics:
• Voltage drop in closed state ≤ 4 V
• Minimum switched current ≤ 1 mA
• Residual current in open state ≤ 0.5
mA
X compatible
not compatible
DC DC voltage operation
X
X
-
-
Types of input
24 VDC
Positive logic
48 VDC
Type 1
Positive logic
X
-
X
X
X
-
24 VDC
Type 3
Positive logic
X
X
-
X
-
24/48
VDC
Negative logic
-
Types of proximity sensor
2-wire (AC/DC) proximity sensor (see note)
2-wire (AC) proximity sensor
Types of input
24 VAC
Type 1
X
X
48 VAC
Type 3
X
X
100-120 VAC
Type 3
X
X
X compatible
AC AC voltage operation
AC/DC AC or DC voltage operation
NOTE: 24 VDC inputs can be used in positive (sink) or negative (source) logic but are not IEC compliant.
Compatibility of Pre-Actuators with Outputs
Compatibility of DC Pre-actuators with Outputs:
Comply with the output’s maximum current and maximum switching frequency as specified in the module characteristics.
NOTE: Where low consumption pre-actuators are used, pay special attention to the leakage current of the idle output, to ensure that the maximum current is correctly calculated:
I max
= I nominal
+ I leakage
Given that:
I nominal
= Current required to operate by the pre-actuator
I leakage
= Maximum leakage current in idle output state
74 35012474.19
General Rules for Installing the Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Compatibility of Tungsten Filament Lamps and Static Outputs (Static
Current):
For outputs with protection against short circuits, confirm that the maximum power of the tungsten filament lamps specified in the module characteristics complies. If not, the lamp’s pick-up current might cause a tripped output at the time of powerup.
Compatibility of AC Pre-actuators and Relay Outputs:
Inductive AC pre-actuators have a pick-up current of up to 10 times their holding current for a duration of 2/F seconds (F = alternating current frequency). Relay outputs are therefore set to withstand these conditions (AC14 and AC15). The table of characteristics for relay outputs gives the maximum authorized running power (in AV) according to the number of operations.
CAUTION
SHORTENED RELAY LIFE
Ensure that currents switched by the relay outputs do not exceed the relay ratings. Excessive currents will shorten relay life.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
35012474.19
75
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing
Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic
Processing
What’s in This Chapter
Module and Channel Status Display ...............................................................78
Subject of this Section
This section explains the processing of hardware detected faults related to discrete input/output modules.
General Protective Measures
At a Glance
Some general protective measures are integrated into the channels of discrete input/ouput direct current modules.
DC Outputs
Every static output (except where specifically labeled "Non-Protected"), features a protective device which allows the following to be detected when an output is active:
• An overload or short circuit . Events such as these cause the output to be deactivated (tripped) and the event to be indicated on the display on the front panel of the module (the LED corresponding to the channel flashes, the I/O
LED comes on).
• Reversal of polarity . An event such as this causes the power supply to short circuit without damaging the module. In order to obtain optimal protection, install a quick-blow fuse on the power supply and upstream from the preactuators.
• Inductive overvoltage . Each output is individually protected against inductive overvoltage and has a fast electro-magnet demagnetization circuit using a zener diode which allows the mechanical cycle of certain fast machines to be reduced.
DC Inputs
76
24 VDC and 48 VDC inputs are of constant current type. The input current is constant for a voltage greater than:
• 15 V for 24 VDC inputs
• 25 V for the 48 VDC inputs
This characteristic has the following advantages:
• guaranteed minimum current in active state in accordance with IEC standards
• limited consumed current when input voltage increases, to avoid the module overheating unnecessarily
• reduced consumed current to the power supply sensor supplied by the PLC power supply or a process power supply
35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing
Discrete Input/Output Modules
35012474.19
77
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing
Module and Channel Status Display
Introduction
Discrete I/O modules are equipped with a display block featuring LEDs that displays the module’s channel status and the overall module status.
Illustration
The following figure shows the position of the channel status display LEDs as well as the 3 (or 4) module status LEDs, on the front panel of the discrete I/O modules.
Description
78
The following table explains how the LEDs located on the discrete I/O display block operate.
LEDs
Continually Lit module operating normally
Flashing
N/A
Off module inoperative or off RUN
(green)
ERR
(red)
I/O
(red) internal event: Module analysis needed external event: overload, short circuit, sensor/preactuator voltage error
Communication loss between the discrete module and the CPU
Terminal block incorrectly wired no detected internal error no detected external error
+32 selection of channels 32 to
63
N/A selection of channels 0 to
31
Green
Channel status channel at 1 channel error, overload, short circuit, or open wire detected (1) channel at 0
(1) When channel status is open wire detected, the flashing timing is the following:
• 64 ms ON
• 64 ms OFF
• 64 ms ON
• 2000 ms OFF
NOTE: The +32 LED is only present on the 64-channel modules. It is enabled/ disabled with a push-button located on the top of the module. By default, the first 32 channels are displayed.
35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing
Discrete Input/Output Modules
NOTE: For a mixed input/output module, the first line of channel status LEDs represents the inputs (for example, for a mixed 16 input/16 output module,
LEDs 0 to 15 represent the inputs and LEDs 16 to 31 represent the outputs).
NOTE: After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the following modules switch on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's:
• BMX DDI 1602
• BMX DDI 1603
• BMX DDI 1604T
• BMX DDI 3202K
• BMX DDI 6402K
• BMX DDM 16022
• BMX DDM 3202K
• BMX DDM 16025
WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on.
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information. (They show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions.)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
Display Panels
35012474.19
When a voltage is present on an input or output, the corresponding LED is lit.
Display of internal or external events is only effective once the module has been configured. After powering-up or a cold start, all the LEDs flash twice (for 2 seconds) to show that the module is operational. When an event is detected, the channel status is recorded until the cause of the event is cleared.
Display Panel illustration Modules
BMX DAI 0805
BMX DAI 0814
BMX DRA 0804T
BMX DRA 0805
BMX DRA 0815
BMX DRC 0805
BMX DDI 1602
BMX DDI 1603
BMX DDI 1604T
BMX DAI 1602
BMX DAI 1603
BMX DAI 1604
BMX DAI 1614
BMX DAI 1615
BMX DDO 1602
Description
These modules have:
• 3 module status LEDs: RUN ERR -
I/O
• 8 channel status LEDs
These modules have:
• 3 module status LEDs: RUN ERR -
I/O
• 16 channel status LEDs
79
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing
Modules Display Panel illustration Description
BMX DDO 1612
BMX DRA 1605
BMX DAO 1605
BMX DAO 1615
BMX DDI 3203
BMX DDI 3232
BMX DDI 3202 K
BMX DDO 3202
BMX DDO 3202
K
BMX DDM 3202
K
BMX DDM 16022
(1)
These modules have:
• 3 module status LEDs: RUN ERR -
I/O
• 32 channel status LEDs
BMX DDM 16025
(1)
BMX DDI 6402 K
BMX DDO 6402
K
These modules have:
• 3 module status LEDs: RUN ERR -
I/O
• a +32 LED to display channels 32 to
63
• 32 channel status LEDs
• a switch to display channels 32 to 63
( 1) The BMX DDM 16022 and BMX DDM 16025 mixed input/output modules have 2 groups of 8 channels. The input group is represented by channels 0 to 7 and the output group is represented by channels 16 to 23.
There are several display blocks depending on the type of discrete I/O module.
80 35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing
Diagnostics
Discrete Input/Output Modules
At a Glance
The diagnostics function detects any conditions that may affect module operation.
Three diagnostic groups can be identified:
• internal events
• external events
• other events
Internal Events
Internal events concern all internal module conditions and all communication loss occurrences that prevent a discrete input/output module from operating correctly.
A communication loss can be caused by:
• a hardware detected fault at rack bus level
• a processor malfunction or power cable circuit open or short
• a power cable circuit open or short
External Events
External events include:
• Overload and Short-Circuit : Static output modules contain a device for checking the load status. In the event of an overload or short-circuit of one or more outputs, they are tripped to open circuit. The status will be shown on the front panel of the module - the LEDs corresponding to the tripped outputs will flash and the red I/O LED will light up.
• Sensor Voltage Error : All input modules contain a device for checking sensor voltage for all module channels. This device checks that sensor and module power supply voltages are of a sufficiently high level for correct operation of the module’s input channels. When sensor voltage is less than or equal to the defined threshold, the status is shown by the I/O LED lighting up on front panel of the module.
• Pre-actuator Voltage Error : All 24 VDC and 48 VDC transistor output modules contain a device for checking the pre-actuator voltage of all module channels. This device checks that pre-actuator and module power supply voltages are of a sufficiently high level for correct operation of the module’s output channels. This voltage must be greater than 18 V (24 VDC supply) or
36 V (48 VDC supply) for modules with direct current static outputs. In the event of pre-actuator voltage being less than or equal to this threshold, the error is shown by the I/O LED lighting up on the front panel of the module.
• Open wire Error : Some modules (for example BMXDAI1614/DAI1615) can detect the open wire error by checking the leakage current in the loop. In order to get the appropriate leakage current, an external resistor might be required. See details in the characteristic page of the specific module.
35012474.19
81
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing
NOTE: The sensor/pre-actuator voltage check is unique to terminal block modules. In 32 or 64-channel connector modules, there is one checking device per connector (equivalent to one per group of 16 channels).
A sensor or pre-actuator voltage error leads to all the inputs and outputs of the group affected by the error (i.e. groups of 8 or 16 channels for a terminal block module and the group of 16 channels for a 32 or 64-channel connector module) to be set to inactive.
After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.
WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter
External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter , page 282
.
NOTE: Relay output modules do not contain pre-actuator voltage checking devices.
Other Events
The other errors category includes loss of power to the modules.
Description
The following table can be used to determine the module’s status on the basis of the LEDs located on the discrete input/output modules’ display panel.
State of module LEDs
RUN (green) ERR (red) I/O (red)
Normal operation
Internal events Module analysis needed
CPU communication interruption
External events Overload, short circuit, sensor/ pre-actuator voltage error, open wire
Configuration Self-test of the module at startup
Not configured module
Other events Module loss of power
Key:
82 35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing
State of module
Discrete Input/Output Modules
LEDs
RUN (green) ERR (red)
LED on
I/O (red)
LED flashing
LED off
NOTE: After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the following modules switch on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's:
• BMX DDI 1602
• BMX DDI 1603
• BMX DDI 1604T
• BMX DDI 3202K
• BMX DDI 6402K
• BMX DDM 16022
• BMX DDM 3202K
• BMX DDM 16025
WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
35012474.19
83
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Checking the Connection
Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing
At a Glance
In order to check the discrete I/O connection, ensure that:
• sensor data is registered by the corresponding inputs and by the processor
• control orders from the processor are registered by the outputs and transmitted to the corresponding pre-actuators
WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Active outputs can activate machine movements.
All power must be turned off before this check is carried out:
1.
remove power fuses from the motor controls
2.
turn off the power of hydraulic and pneumatic units
3.
power up the PLC fitted with its Discrete I/O modules
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
Description
Input Check
After this, it is possible to check the connection of the Discrete I/O modules:
• without a terminal : activate each sensor and check whether the corresponding input LED changes. If it remains unchanged, check the wiring and correct operation of the sensor.
• with a terminal (more in-depth check on the connection of the inputs/ outputs). An application with configured I/Os in the PLC is required, even if it is empty (in that case, do not declare any module in the ‘FAST task’).
◦ This check can be carried out with the PLC in RUN mode, from a PC equipped with Control Expert software giving access to debug functions.
◦ This check can also be carried out with an entire application loaded in the memory. In this case, stop the processing of the program by de-activating the
MAST, FAST and event , page 282 tasks by setting system bits %S30,
%S31, and %S38 to 0.
The following table shows the procedure for checking input connections.
Step
1
2
Action
Activate each sensor and check that the corresponding input LED changes status.
Check on the terminal screen that the corresponding input bit (%I•) also changes status.
84 35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing
Output Check
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The following table shows the procedure for checking output connections.
Step
1
2
Action
From the terminal, set each bit (%Q•) that corresponds to an output to 1 then 0.
Check that the corresponding output LED turns on then off and that the corresponding pre-actuator activates then de-activates.
35012474.19
85
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DDI 1602 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors.
Introduction
Function
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDI 1602H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DDI 1602 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
The BMX DDI 1602 module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. It is a positive logic (or sink) module: its 16 input channels receive current from the sensors.
Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDI 1602 and
BMX DDI 1602H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
86 35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Modules
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 1602 and BMX
DDI 1602H modules:
Module type
Operating temperature
24 VDC positive logic inputs
Nominal input values
Threshold input values
BMX DDI 1602
BMX DDI 1602H
At 1
Voltage
Current
Voltage
Current
Voltage At 0
Current
Sensor supply (including ripple for standard module)
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
-25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
24 VDC
3.5 mA
≥ 11 V
> 2 mA (for U ≥ 11 V)
5 V
< 1.5 mA
19...30 V
(possible up to 34 V, limited to 1 hour/day)
6.8 kΩ
4 ms
7 ms
738 749
Input impedance
Response time
Reliability
Reverse polarity
Fuse type
Input type
At nominal U
Typical
Maximum
MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °
C (86 °F)
Internal
External
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard
Protected
None
1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
Current sink
Type 3
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-
2 standard compliant)
Dielectric strength
Resistance of insulation
Paralleling of inputs (1)
1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
>10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
Yes
Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold
OK
Error
On appearance
> 18 VDC
< 14 VDC
1 ms < T < 3 ms Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 24 V (-15% ...
+20%)
Power consumption 3.3
V
On disappearance
Typical
8 ms < T < 30 ms
76 mA
Sensor supply consumption
Maximum
Typical
107 mA
46 mA
Power dissipation
Maximum 73 mA
2.5 W max.
(1) This characteristic is used to connect several inputs to the same module in parallel or to different modules for input redundancy.
35012474.19
87
Discrete Input/Output Modules
NOTE: For the BMX DDI 1602H, confirm that the maximum value of the sensor power supply does not exceed 26.4 V when operated at 70 °C (158 °
F).
WARNING
OVERHEATING MODULE
Do not operate the BMX DDI 1602H at 70 °C (158 °F) if the sensor power supply is greater than 26.4 V or less than 21.1 V.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
The BMX DDI 1602 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of sixteen input channels.
Input Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).
88 35012474.19
Module Connection
Discrete Input/Output Modules
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.
35012474.19
power supply: 24 VDC fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A
89
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Sensor Power Outage
After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.
WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter
External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter , page 282
.
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status
LED's.
WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
90 35012474.19
BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DDI 1603 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors.
Introduction
Function
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDI 1603H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DDI 1603 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
The BMX DDI 1603 module is a 48 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. It is a positive logic (or sink) module: its 16 input channels receive current from the sensors.
Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDI 1603 and
BMX DDI 1603H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
35012474.19
91
Discrete Input/Output Modules
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 1603 and BMX
DDI 1603H modules:
Module type
Operating temperature
48 VDC positive logic inputs
Nominal input values
Threshold input values
Input impedance
Response time
Reliability
BMX DDI 1603
BMX DDI 1603H
At 1
Voltage
Current
Voltage
Current
Voltage At 0
Current
Sensor supply
(including ripple)
At nominal U
Typical
Maximum
MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature
(30°C) (86°F)
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
-25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
48 VDC
2.5 mA
≥ 34 V
> 2 mA (for U ≥ 34 V)
10 V
< 0.5 mA
36...60 V
19.2 kΩ
4 ms
7 ms
738 749
Reverse polarity
Fuse type
Input type
Internal
External
Protected
None
Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
Current sink
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-
5-2 standard compliant)
Dielectric strength
Type 1
2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP any type, page 73
Resistance of insulation
Paralleling of inputs (1)
Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold
Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 24 V (-15% ...
+20%)
Power consumption 3.3 V
OK
Error
On appearance
On disappearance
Typical
Maximum
Typical
1 500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
>10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
Yes
> 36 VDC
< 24 VDC
1 ms < T < 3 ms
8 ms < T < 30 ms
76 mA
107 mA
47 mA Sensor supply consumption
Power dissipation
Maximum 60 mA
3.6 W max.
(1) This characteristic is used to connect several inputs to the same module in parallel or to different modules for input redundancy.
92 35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Modules
NOTE: For the BMX DDI 1603H , the maximum value of the sensor power supply must not exceed 52.8 V when operated at 70 °C (158 °F).
WARNING
OVERHEATING MODULE
Do not operate the BMX DDI 1603H at 70 °C (158 °F) if the sensor power supply is greater than 52.8 V or less than 42.2 V.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
The BMX DDI 1603 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of sixteen input channels.
Input Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).
35012474.19
93
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Module Connection
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.
94 power supply: 48 VDC fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A
35012474.19
Sensor Power Outage
Discrete Input/Output Modules
After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.
WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter
External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter , page 282 .
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status
LED's.
WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
35012474.19
95
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DDI 1604T module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors.
NOTE: There is no H version of this module.
Introduction
Function
The BMX DDI 1604T module is a 125 VDC discrete module connected via a 20pin terminal block. It is a positive logic (or sink) module: its 16 input channels receive current from the sensors.
NOTE: BMX DDI 1604T provides an extended temperature range, as listed in the
General Characteristics, page 97
topic of this chapter.
Illustration
Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the module BMX DDI 1604T for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the module operates above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
96 35012474.19
General Characteristics
Discrete Input/Output Modules
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 1604T module:
Module type
Operating temperature
Temperature derating
Nominal input values
Threshold input values
Input impedance
Response time
Reliability
Reverse polarity
Fuse type
Dielectric strength
Resistance of insulation
Type of input
Paralleling of inputs
Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold
Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 125 VDC (-20% ...
+20%)
Power consumption 3.3 V
Sensor supply consumption
4-channel at 70°C
Sensor supply consumption
8-channel at 60°C
Sensor supply consumption
12-channel at 50°C
Sensor supply consumption
16-channel at -25...40°C
Power dissipation
I/O LED off
I/O LED on
On appearance
On disappearance
Typical
Maximum
Typical
Maximum
Typical
Maximum
Typical
Maximum
Typical
Maximum
At 1
Voltage
Current
Voltage
125 VDC positive logic inputs
-25...70 °C (-13...158 °F)
Apply the temperature derating curve (see the graph below the table).
125 VDC
2.4 mA
≥ 88 VDC
Current
Voltage
> 2 mA (for U ≥ 88 V)
36 VDC At 0
Current
Sensor supply (including ripple for standard module)
< 0.5 mA
100...150 V (156 V including ripple)
At nominal U
Typical
Maximum
MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30
°C (86 °F)
50 kΩ
5 ms
9 ms
888 402
Internal
External
Protected
None
Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
2500 VDC for 1 min.
>10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
Current sink
Yes
> 100 VDC
< 80 VDC
8 ms < T < 30 ms
1 ms < T < 5 ms
76 mA
107 mA
1.85 W
2.85 W
3.07 W
4.61 W
4.29 W
6.37 W
5.51 W
8.13 W
3.2 W max. at 70 °C
5.0 W max. at 60 °C
6.7 W max. at 50 °C
35012474.19
97
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Input operating voltage range
Maximum input voltage
8.5 W max. at 40 °C
88...150 VDC
156 VDC (including ripple)
The following graph shows the temperature derating of BMX DDI 1604T.
NOTE: For the BMX DDI 1604T , the maximum value of the sensor power supply must not exceed 150 V when operated at 70 °C (158 °F).
WARNING
OVERHEATING MODULE
Do not operate the BMX DDI 1604T at 70 °C (158 °F) if the sensor power supply is greater than 150 V or less than 100 V.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
The BMX DDI 1604T module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of sixteen input channels.
98 35012474.19
Input Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Module Connection
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
35012474.19
99
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.
Fuse Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
Sensor Power Outage
After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.
WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter
External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter , page 282
.
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status
LED's.
100 35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Modules
WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
35012474.19
101
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DDI 3203 Input Modules
What’s in This Chapter
This section presents the BMX DDI 3203 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors.
Introduction
Function
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDI 3203H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DDI 3203 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
The BMX DDI 3203 module is a 48 VDC discrete module connected via a 40-pin terminal block. It is a positive logic (or sink) module: its 32-input channels receive current from the sensors.
Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDI 3203 and
BMX DDI 3203H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
102 35012474.19
General Characteristics
Discrete Input/Output Modules
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 3203 and BMX
DDI 3203H modules.
Module type
Operating temperature
BMX DDI 3203
BMX DDI 3203 H
48 VDC positive logic inputs
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
-25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Nominal input values Voltage 48 VDC
Current 2.3 mA
Voltage ≥ 30 V Threshold input values
At 1
Input impedance
Response time
Reliability
At 0
Current > 2 mA (for U ≥ 30 V)
Voltage ≤ 10 V
Current < 1.5 mA (for U ≤ 10 V)
Sensor supply
(including ripple)
38...60 V at nominal U typical maximum
MTBF in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C
(86 °F)
20.96 kΩ
4 ms
7 ms
706 489
Reverse polarity
Fuse type
Protected
Internal
External
None
Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
Current sink Input type
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant)
Dielectric strength
Type 3
2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP any type, page
Primary/Secondary 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
Between channel groups
500 VDC
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
Yes Paralleling of inputs (1)
Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold
Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 24 V (-15% ...
+20%)
Power consumption
3.3 V
Power consumption
24 V
OK
Error on appearance on disappearance
Typical
Maximum
Typical
Sensor supply consumption (2)
Maximum
Typical
Maximum
Power dissipation
> 36 VDC
< 24 VDC
1 ms < T < 3 ms
8 ms < T < 30 ms
100 mA
130 mA
110 mA
125 mA
4.6 mA
5.2 mA
6 W max.
35012474.19
103
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Temperature derating for BMX DDI 3203 None
(1) This characteristic is used to connect several inputs to the same module in parallel or to different modules for input redundancy.
(2) The BMX DDI 3203(H) module has a maximum value of 52.8 V when operated above 60 ºC
(140 ºF).
WARNING
OVERHEATING MODULE
Do not operate the BMX DDI 3203 H above 60 °C (140 °F) if the sensor power supply is greater than 52.8 V.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
The BMX DDI 3203 module is fitted with a removable 40-pin terminal block for the connection of thirty-two input channels.
Input Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).
Fuse
+
Sensor supply and voltage monitoring
Sensor
Input %I(0..n)
-
Entry Module
104 35012474.19
Module Connection
Discrete Input/Output Modules
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
The following diagram shows the connection of the sensors to the module.
1 fast blow fuse of 0.5A
2 Sensor power supply (SPS) 48 VDC
Sensor Power Outage
After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.
WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter
External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter , page 282 .
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status
LED's.
WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
35012474.19
105
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules
What’s in This Chapter
This section presents the BMX DDI 3232 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors.
Introduction
Function
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDI 3232H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DDI 3232 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
The BMX DDI 3232 module is a 12 VDC/24 VDC discrete module connected via a
40-pin terminal block. It is a positive or negative logic (sink or source) module: its
32-input channels receive current from the sensors.
Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDI 3232 and
BMX DDI 3232H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
106 35012474.19
General Characteristics
Discrete Input/Output Modules
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 3232 and
BMX DDI 3232H modules.
Module type 12 VDC/24 VDC positive or negative logic inputs
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) Operating temperature
BMX DDI 3232
Nominal input values
Threshold input values
BMX DDI 3232H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Voltage 12 VDC/24 VDC
At 1
Current 3.3 mA
Voltage ≥ 10 V (sink) or ≤ –10 V (source)
At 0
Current ≥ 2 mA
Voltage ≤ 5 V (sink) or ≥ -5 V (source)
Current ≤ 1.5 mA
10.8V...30V
Sensor supply
(including ripple for standard module)
Input impedance
Response time
Reliability
At nominal U
Typical
Maximum
MTBF in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C
(86 °F)
7.27 kΩ
4 ms
7 ms
700 785
Reverse polarity
Fuse type Internal
External
Input type
IEC 61131-2 compliance (24 VDC input)
Protected
None
1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
Current sink/source
Type 3
— IEC 61131-2 compliance (12 VDC input)
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant)
Dielectric strength
2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC), page 73
Primary/Secondary 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
Between channel groups
1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
Resistance of insulation
Paralleling of inputs (1)
Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold
Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 24 V (-15% ...
+20%)
Power consumption
3.3 V
Power consumption
24 V
OK
Error
On appearance
On disappearance
Typical
Maximum
Typical
Sensor supply consumption (2)
Maximum
Typical
Maximum
>10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
Yes
> 19VDC
< 14 VDC
1 ms < T < 3 ms
8 ms < T < 30 ms
100 mA
130 mA
7.6mA
11.5 mA
110 mA
125 mA
35012474.19
107
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Power dissipation
Temperature derating for BMX DDI 3203
4.7 W max.
None
(1) This characteristic is used to connect several inputs to the same module in parallel or to different modules for input redundancy.
NOTE: The power monitoring is effective only when the group input shares the same power supply. The module is able to customize sink/source by channel in case the power supply monitor function is disabled. Refer to the topic
109 for additional information about usage of the power monitoring function
and power supply connections.
NOTE: Confirm that the sensor power supply function is disabled in a 12 VDC application.
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
The BMX DDI 3232 is fitted with a removable 40-pin terminal block for the connection of thirty-two input channels.
Input Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).
Fuse Sensor supply and voltage monitoring
+
Sensor
Input %I(0..n)
-
Entry Module
The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (negative logic).
108 35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Sensor supply and voltage monitoring
-
Sensor
Input %I(0..n)
Fuse
Entry
+
Module
Module Connection
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE
• Do not connect SPS 1/2 terminal to more than one power supply.
• In case of multiple power supplies in the same group of channels, disconnect
SPS 1/2 terminal and disable the power supply monitoring function.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
The following diagrams show the connection of the module to the sensors:
35012474.19
109
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Negative logic (source) Positive logic (sink)
Run Err I/O
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
1
2
I1
3
4
I3
6
I5
8
I7
10
I9
12
I11
14
I13
16
I15
18
SPS 1
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
20
22
SPS 1
I17
24
I19
26
I21
28
I23
30
I25
32
I27
34
I29
36
I31
38
SPS 2
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
40
SPS 2
I0
I2
I4
I6
I8
I10
I12
I14
Com 1
Com 1
I16
I18
I20
I22
I24
I26
I28
I30
Com 2
Com 2
1
1
2
2
1 fast blow fuse of 0.5A
2 Sensor power supply (SPS) 12 VDC/24 VDC
Run Err I/O
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
1
2
I1
3
4
I3
6
I5
8
I7
10
I9
12
I11
14
I13
16
I15
18
SPS 1
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
20
22
SPS 1
I17
24
I19
26
I21
28
I23
30
I25
32
I27
34
I29
36
I31
38
SPS 2
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
40
SPS 2
Com 2
Com 2
I8
I10
I12
I14
I4
I6
I0
I2
Com 1
Com 1
I16
I18
I20
I22
I24
I26
I28
I30
1
1
2
2
110 35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The following diagram shows an example of mixed sink/source input:
Run Err I/O
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
1
I0
2
I1
3
I2
4
I3
6
I5
5
I4
7
I6
8
I7
10
I9
9
I8
11
I10
12
I11
14
I13
13
I12
15
I14
16
I15
18
SPS 1
20
SPS 1
22
I17
17
Com 1
19
21
Com 1
I16
24
I19
26
I21
28
I23
30
I25
32
I27
34
I29
36
I31
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
38 SPS 2
40 SPS 2
37
Com 2
39
Com 2
I18
I20
I22
I24
I26
I28
I30
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
1 fast blow fuse of 0.5A
2 Sensor power supply (SPS) 12 VDC/24 VDC
NOTE: In the above example, inputs of group 1 are in positive or negative logic (sink or source), whereas inputs of group 2 are only in positive logic
(sink).
SPS 1 and SPS 2 terminals are not connected and power supply monitoring should be disabled for both groups.
Sensor Power Outage
After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.
WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
35012474.19
111
Discrete Input/Output Modules
To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter
External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter , page 282
.
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status
LED's.
WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
112 35012474.19
BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DAI 1602 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors.
Introduction
Function
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAI 1602H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DAI 1602 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
The BMX DAI 1602 module is a 24 VAC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. This module has 16 input channels that operate on alternating current.
This module can also be used with 24 VDC, with positive or negative logic.
35012474.19
113
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAI 1602 and
BMX DAI 1602H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 1602 and BMX
DAI 1602H modules:
BMX DAI 1602(H) Module
Nominal input values
Threshold input values At 1
At 0
Voltage
Current
Frequency
Voltage
Current
Voltage
Current
Frequency
Input impedance
Response time
Sensor supply (including ripple)
Peak of current on enabling
(at nominal U)
At nominal U and f = 55 Hz
Activation
Deactivation
Input type
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-
5-2 standard compliant)
5 mA
24 VAC inputs
24 VAC
3 mA
50/60Hz
≥ 15 V
≥ 2 mA
≤ 5 V
≤ 1 mA
47 Hz to 63 Hz
20...26 V
6 kΩ
15 ms
20 ms
Resistive
Type 1
Reliability
Dielectric strength
Resistance of insulation
Fuse type
Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold
Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 24 V (-15% ... +20%)
Power consumption 3.3 V
24 VDC inputs
24 VDC
3.9 mA
(n/a)
≥ 15 V
≥ 2 mA
≤ 5 V
≤ 0.5 mA
(n/a)
19...30 V
(n/a)
(n/a)
2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) any type, page
MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F)
1 307 702
Internal
External
OK
Error
On appearance
On disappearance
Typical
Maximum
1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
>10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
None
Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
> 18 V
< 14 V
20 ms < T < 50 ms
5 ms < T < 15 ms
76 mA
107 mA
114 35012474.19
BMX DAI 1602(H) Module
Sensor supply consumption
Power dissipation
Operating temperature
Typical
Maximum
BMX DAI 1602
BMX DAI 1602H
Discrete Input/Output Modules
24 VAC inputs 24 VDC inputs
1.45 mA
1.8 mA
3 W max.
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
-25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
The BMX DAI 1602 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of sixteen input channels.
Input Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input.
35012474.19
115
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Module Connection (AC Power Supply)
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
CAUTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors, using an AC power supply.
116 power supply: 24 VAC fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A
35012474.19
Module Connection (DC Power Supply)
Discrete Input/Output Modules
This module can also be used with 24 VDC, with positive or negative logic.
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
CAUTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors, using a DC power supply.
power supply: 24 VDC fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A
35012474.19
117
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DAI 1603 Input Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DAI 1603 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors.
Introduction
Function
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAI 1603H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DAI 1603 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
The BMX DAI 1603 module is a 48 VAC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. This module has 16 input channels that operate on alternating current.
Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAI 1603 and
BMX DAI 1603H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
118 35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Modules
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 1603 and BMX
DAI 1603H modules:
Module type
Operating temperature
Nominal input values
BMX DAI 1603
BMX DAI 1603H
At 1
Voltage
Current
Frequency
Voltage
48 VAC inputs
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
-25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
48 VAC
5 mA
50/60Hz
≥ 34 V Threshold input values
Sensor supply consumption
Power dissipation
At 0
Current
Voltage
Current
Frequency
Sensor supply (including ripple)
≥ 2 mA
≤ 10 V
≤ 1 mA
47 Hz to 63 Hz
40...52 V
Peak of current on enabling
(at nominal U)
Input impedance
Response time
At nominal U and f = 55 Hz
Activation
Deactivation
Input type
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard
Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 24 V (-15%
... +20%)
Power consumption 3.3 V
Internal
External
OK
Error
On appearance
On disappearance
Typical
95 mA
Resistance of insulation
Fuse type
Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold
9 kΩ
10 ms
20 ms
Capacitive
Type 3
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-
2 standard compliant)
Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C
(86 °F)
Dielectric strength
1 303 645
1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
>10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
None
Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
> 36 V
< 24 V
20 ms < T < 50 ms
5 ms < T < 15 ms
76 mA
Maximum
Typical
Maximum
107 mA
466 mA
846 mA
4 W max.
35012474.19
119
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
The BMX DAI 1603 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of sixteen input channels.
Input Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input.
Module Connection
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
120 35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Modules
CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.
35012474.19
power supply: 48 VAC fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A
121
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DAI 1604 Input Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DAI 1604 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors.
Introduction
Function
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAI 1604H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DAI 1604 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
The BMX DAI 1604 module is a 100...120 VAC discrete module connected via a
20-pin terminal block. This module has 16 input channels that operate on alternating current.
Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAO 1604 and
BMX DAO 1604H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
122 35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Modules
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAO 1604 and BMX
DAO 1604H modules:
Module type
Operating temperature
Nominal input values
Threshold input values
BMX DAI 1604
BMX DAI 1604H
At 1
Voltage
Current
Frequency
Voltage
At 0
Current
Voltage
Current
Frequency
Sensor supply (including ripple)
Peak of current on enabling
(at nominal U)
Input impedance
Response time at nominal U and f = 55 Hz
Activation
Deactivation
Input type
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant)
Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F)
Dielectric strength
100...120 VAC inputs
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
-25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
100...120 VAC
5 mA
50/60Hz
≥ 74 V
≥ 2.5 mA
≤ 20 V
≤ 1 mA
47 Hz to 63 Hz
85...132 V
240 mA
13 kΩ
10 ms
20 ms
Capacitive
Type 3
1 303 067
Resistance of insulation
Fuse type
Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold
Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 24 V (-15% ...
+20%)
Power consumption 3.3 V
Sensor supply consumption
Internal
External
OK
Error on appearance on disappearance typical maximum typical maximum
Power dissipation
1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
>10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
None
Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
> 82 V
< 40 V
20 ms < T < 50 ms
5 ms < T < 15 ms
76 mA
107 mA
228 mA
510 mA
3.8 W max.
35012474.19
123
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
The BMX DAI 1604 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of sixteen input channels.
Input Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input.
Module Connection
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
124 35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Modules
CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.
35012474.19
power supply: 100...120 VAC fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A
125
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules
BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DAI 1614 and BMX DAI 16142 module, their characteristics, and explains how they are connected to the various sensors.
Introduction
Function of the BMX DAI 1614 Module
The BMX DAI 1614 module is a 100...120 VAC discrete module connected via a
40-pin terminal block. This module has 16 input isolated channels that operate on alternating current.
NOTE: Using the BMX DAI 1614 module in an X80 remote drop requires to use an adapter module BM• CRA 312•• module with firmware version SV2.31
or any subsequent supporting version(s).
Function of the BMX DAI 16142 Module
The BMX DAI 16142 module is a fine-tuned version of BMX DAI 1614 but with most of its features. BMX DAI 16142 is at the same threshold level as the existing
Quantum modules at 60 Hz 100...120 VAC, which is intended to cover the upgrade need of Quantum installed base.
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAI 1614H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DAI 1614 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
126 35012474.19
BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules
Characteristics
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAI 1614, BMX
DAI 1614H, and BMX DAI 16142 for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 1614 and BMX
DAI 1614H modules:
Module type
Operating temperature
Nominal input values
Threshold input values
BMX DAI 1614
BMX DAI 1614H
Voltage
Current
100...120 VAC inputs
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
-25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
100...120 VAC
10.1 mA (max) @ 47...53 Hz
11.9 mA (max) @ 57...63 Hz
Frequency
At 1
50/60Hz
Voltage ≥ 79 V
At 0
Current ≥ 2 mA
Voltage ≤ 20 V
Frequency
Current ≤ 1 mA
47...63 Hz
Peak of current on enabling (at nominal U)
190 mA
132 Vrms @ 63 Hz Max channel input voltage
Input impedance
Response time at nominal U and f
= 55 Hz
Activation
Deactivation
Input type
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC
60947-5-2 standard compliant)
Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C
(86 °F)
Fuse type
Dielectric strength
Resistance of insulation
14 kΩ
10 ms
20 ms
Capacitive
Type 1
970 000
Internal
External
Channel to X-bus
None
Fast blow fuse of 0.25 A
1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
Channel to channel 1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
Channel to X-bus >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
Channel to channel >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
35012474.19
127
Discrete Input/Output Modules
128
BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules
Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold
OK
Error on appearance Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 24 V (-15% ...
+20%)
Power consumption 3.3 V on disappearance typical
Open wire detection: current threshold maximum
Ok
Error
Open wire shunt resistor recommendation
NOTE: The external shunt resistor is only required when the leakage current of the sensor (at OFF state) is less than 0.3 mA. Detailed resistor calculation is provided in the section
.
Power dissipation 4.3 W max.
> 85 V
< 40 V
20 ms < T < 50 ms
5 ms < T < 15 ms
76 mA
126 mA
> 0.3 mA
< 0.2 mA
200 KΩ (1W)
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 16142 module:
Module type
Operating temperature
Nominal input values
Threshold input values
100...120 VAC inputs
BMX DAI 16142
Voltage
Current
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
100...120 VAC
10.1 mA (max) @ 47...53 Hz
11.9 mA (max) @ 57...63 Hz
Frequency
At 1
50/60Hz
Voltage ≥ 85 V @ 47...53 Hz
≥ 70 V @ 57...63 Hz
At 0
Current ≥ 4 mA
Voltage ≤ 55 V @ 47...53 Hz
≤ 48 V @ 57...63 Hz
Max channel input voltage
Input impedance
Response time
Frequency
Current ≤ 3 mA
47...63 Hz
Peak of current on enabling (at nominal U)
190 mA at nominal U
Activation
Deactivation
132 Vrms @ 63 Hz
13.0 to 16.2 kΩ @ 47...53 Hz
11.0 to 13.4 kΩ @ 57...63 Hz
21 ms
35 ms
Capacitive Input type
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard No type @ 47...53 Hz
Type 1 @ 57...63 Hz
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC
60947-5-2 standard compliant)
Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C
(86 °F)
Fuse type Internal
External
970 000
None
Fast blow fuse of 0.25 A
35012474.19
BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Dielectric strength
Resistance of insulation
Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold
Channel to X-bus 1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
Channel to channel 1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
Channel to X-bus > 10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
Channel to channel > 10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
OK > 98 V @ 47...53 Hz
> 85 V @ 57...63 Hz
< 40 V
20 ms < T < 50 ms
5 ms < T < 15 ms
Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 24 V (-15% ...
+20%)
Power consumption 3.3 V
Error on appearance on disappearance typical
Open wire detection: current threshold maximum
Ok
Error
Open wire shunt resistor recommendation
NOTE: The external shunt resistor is only required when the leakage current of the sensor (at OFF state) is less than 0.3 mA. Detailed resistor calculation is provided in the section
.
Power dissipation
76 mA
126 mA
> 0.3 mA
< 0.2 mA
200 KΩ (1W)
4.3 W max.
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
The BMX DAI 1614 and BMX DAI 16142 modules are fitted with a removable 40pin terminal block for the connection of 16 input channels.
35012474.19
129
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Input Circuit Diagram
BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules
The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input.
Module Connection
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
• Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
• Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before touching the shunt resistor for open wire detection.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
130 35012474.19
BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The following diagram shows the connection of the sensors to the module.
1 External resistor for open wire detection function (see detail below)
2 fast blow fuse of 0.25A
AC+ Input pin for IO supply monitoring function on channel 15 (see detail below)
NC not connected
Power supply: 100...120 Vac
NOTE: The maximum input voltage is 132 Vrms@63 Hz. Any over voltage will damage the module.
Open Wire Detection Function
The open wire detection function indicates the open wire error by detecting the leakage current of the sensor. The detection threshold values are given in the
general characteristics table, page 127 .
If the leakage current of the sensor (at OFF state) is less than the OK threshold value (0.3 mA), then the open wire error might be reported even if the wire is not open. In order to avoid this, an external resistor is required to be added in parallel with the sensor. Refer to the
.
The recommended value for the external shunt resistor is 200 kΩ (1 W).
35012474.19
131
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules
Anyhow the maximum and minimum allowed for the external resistor can be calculated according the following method:
U
MIN is 85% of the nominal voltage according to IEC norm.
I
DETECT_OK
= 0.3 mA
Z
DAI_MAX
= 17 kΩ (for 47 Hz) or 14 kΩ (for 57 Hz)
U
MAX is 110% of the nominal voltage according to the IEC norm.
I
THRESHOLD_OFF channel at 0).
= 1 mA (this is the maximum threshold current for digital input
Z
DAI_MIN
= 14 kΩ (for 53 Hz) or 12 kΩ (for 63 Hz)
I
LEAKAGE_MAX is the maximum leakage current of the sensor at OFF state.
NOTE: Open wire detection limitations:
• If the external resistor value is greater than the maximum calculated resistance R
EXT_MAX
, the open wire error might be reported even if the wire is not open.
• If the external resistor value is less than the minimum calculated resistance R
EXT_MIN
, the corresponding digital input channel might see sensor state at 1 even if the sensor state is 0.
• If the supply monitoring function is active (see the description below) and there is a loss of IO power supply, the open wire detection fault is not refreshed in Control Expert.
Supply Monitoring Function
The BMX DAI 1614 and BMX DAI 16142 modules are a channel-to-channel isolated module, 16 channels get 16 common pins.
The module terminal block has only one supply monitor input (AC+) and its common pin is shared with the channel 15.
To extend the supply monitoring function to other channels, the common of the channel 15 needs to be connected to the common pins of the other channels. In consequence the channel-to-channel isolation will be given up.
By default the supply monitoring function is inactive. Refer to the chapter
for detailed information.
The IO supply state is monitored as follows:
• When the IO supply is higher than 85 Vac, the EXT_PS_FLT bit is at 0 which means IO power supply is ok.
• When the IO supply is lower than 40 Vac, the EXT_PS_FLT bit is at 1 which means a detected error on IO power supply. All channel input values are forced to 0.
132 35012474.19
BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DAI 1615 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors.
Introduction
Function
The BMX DAI 1615 module is a 200...240 VAC discrete module connected via a
40-pin terminal block. This module has 16 isolated input channels that operate on alternating current.
NOTE: Using the BMX DAI 1615 module in an X80 remote drop requires to use an adapter module BM• CRA 312•• module with firmware version SV2.31
or any subsequent supporting version(s).
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAI 1615H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DAI 1615 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
35012474.19
133
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAI 1615 and
BMX DAI 1615H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 1615 and BMX
DAI 1615H module:
Module type
Operating temperature
Nominal input values
Resistance of insulation
Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold
BMX DAI 1615
BMX DAI 1615H
Channel to channel
Channel to X-bus
Channel to channel
OK
Error
Voltage
Current
Threshold input values
At 1
Frequency
Voltage
Current
Voltage At 0
Current
Frequency
Peak of current on enabling (at nominal
U)
Input impedance at nominal U and f = 55 Hz
Max channel input voltage
Response time Activation
Deactivation
Input type
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant)
Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F)
Fuse type
Dielectric strength
Internal
External
Channel to X-bus
200...240 VAC inputs
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
-25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
200...240 VAC
9.7 mA (max) @ 47...53 Hz
11.5 mA (max) @ 57...63 Hz
50/60Hz
≥ 164 V
≥ 3 mA
≤ 40 V
≤ 2 mA
47...63 Hz
380 mA
30 kΩ
264 Vrms @ 63 Hz
10 ms
20 ms
Capacitive
Type 1
970 000
None
Fast blow fuse of 0.25 A
1780 V rms, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
1780 V rms, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
>10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
>10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
> 170 V
< 80 V
134 35012474.19
Sensor voltage: monitoring response time
Power consumption
3.3 V on appearance on disappearance typical
Open wire detection: current threshold maximum
Ok
Erro
Open wire shunt resistor recommendation
NOTE: The external shunt resistor is only required when the leakage current of the sensor (at OFF state) is less than 0.3
mA. Detailed resistor calculation is provided in the section
Open Wire Detection Function , page 137 .
Power dissipation
Discrete Input/Output Modules
20 ms < T < 50 ms
5 ms < T < 15 ms
76 mA
126 mA
> 0.3 mA
< 0.2 mA
200 KΩ (1W)
4.3 W max.
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
The BMX DAI 1615 module is fitted with a removable 40-pin terminal block for the connection of input channels.
35012474.19
135
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Input Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input.
Module Connection
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
• Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
• Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before touching the shunt resistor for open wire detection.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
136 35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The following diagram shows the connection of the sensors to the module.
1 External resistor for open wire detection function (see detail below)
2 fast blow fuse of 0.25 A
AC+ Input pin for IO supply monitoring function on channel 15 (see detail below)
NC not connected
Power supply: 220...240 Vac
NOTE: The maximum input voltage is 264 Vrms@63 Hz. Any over voltage will damage the module.
Open Wire Detection Function
The open wire detection function indicates the open wire error by detecting the leakage current of the sensor. The detection threshold values are given in the
general characteristics table, page 134 .
If the leakage current of the sensor (at OFF state) is less than the OK threshold value (0.3 mA), then the open wire error might be reported even if the wire is not open. In order to avoid this, an external resistor is required to be added in parallel with the sensor. Refer to the
.
The recommended value for the external shunt resistor is 200 kΩ (1 W).
35012474.19
137
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Anyhow the maximum and minimum allowed for the external resistor can be calculated according the following method:
U
MIN is 85% of the nominal voltage according to IEC norm.
I
DETECT_OK
= 0.3 mA
Z
DAI_MAX
= 39 kΩ (for 47 Hz) or 32 kΩ (for 57 Hz)
U
MAX is 110% of the nominal voltage according to the IEC norm.
I
THRESHOLD_OFF channel at 0).
= 2 mA (this is the maximum threshold current for digital input
Z
DAI_MIN
= 28 kΩ (for 53 Hz) or 24 kΩ (for 63 Hz)
I
LEAKAGE_MAX is the maximum leakage current of the sensor at OFF state.
NOTE: Open wire detection limitations:
• If the external resistor value is greater than the maximum calculated resistance R
EXT_MAX
, the open wire error might be reported even if the wire is not open.
• If the external resistor value is less than the minimum calculated resistance R
EXT_MIN
, the corresponding digital input channel might see sensor state at 1 even if the sensor state is 0.
• If the supply monitoring function is active (see the description below) and there is a loss of IO power supply, the open wire detection fault is not refreshed in Control Expert.
Supply Monitoring Function
The BMXDAI1615 module is a channel-to-channel isolated module, 16 channels get 16 common pins.
The module terminal block has only one supply monitor input (AC+) and its common pin is shared with the channel 15.
To extend the supply monitoring function to other channels, the common of the channel 15 needs to be connected to the common pins of the other channels. In consequence the channel-to-channel isolation will be given up.
By default the supply monitoring function is inactive. Refer to the chapter
for detailed information.
The IO supply state is monitored as follows:
• When the IO supply is higher than 170 Vac, the EXT_PS_FLT bit is at 0 which means IO power supply is ok.
• When the IO supply is lower than 80 Vac, the EXT_PS_FLT bit is at 1 which means a detected error on IO power supply. All channel input values are forced to 0.
138 35012474.19
BMX DAI 0805 Input Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DAI 0805 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors.
Introduction
Function
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAI 0805H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DAI 0805 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
The BMX DAI 0805 module is a 200...240 VAC discrete module connected via a
20-pin terminal block. This module has 8 input channels that operate on alternating current.
Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAI 0805 and
BMX DAI 0805H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
35012474.19
139
Discrete Input/Output Modules
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 0805 and BMX
DAI 0805H module:
Module type
Operating temperature
Absolute maximum input
Nominal input values
BMX DAI 0805
BMX DAI 0805H
Continuous
10s
1 cycle
Voltage
Current
Threshold input values At 1
Frequency
Voltage
Current
Voltage At 0
Current
Frequency
Sensor supply (including ripple)
Peak of current on enabling (at nominal U)
Input impedance
Response time at nominal U and f = 55 Hz
Activation
Deactivation
Input type
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant)
Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °
C (86 °F)
Fuse type Internal
External
Dielectric strength
Resistance of insulation
Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold
OK
Error on appearance Sensor voltage: monitoring response time on disappearance
Power consumption 3.3 V typical maximum
200...240 VAC inputs
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
-25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
264 VAC
300 VAC
400 VAC
200...240 VAC
10.40 mA (for U=220 V at 50
Hz)
50/60Hz
≥ 159 V
> 6 mA (for U=159)
≤ 40 V
≤ 4 mA
47 Hz to 63 Hz
170...264 V
480 mA
21 kΩ
10 ms
20 ms
Capacitive
Type 2
1 730 522
None
Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
1500 V rms, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
>10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
> 164 V
< 80 V
20 ms < T < 50 ms
5 ms < T < 15 ms
76 mA
126 mA
140 35012474.19
Sensor supply consumption
Power dissipation typical maximum
Discrete Input/Output Modules
93.60 mA
154.80 mA
4.73 W max.
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
The BMX DAI 0805 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of eight input channels.
Input Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input.
Module Connection
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
35012474.19
141
Discrete Input/Output Modules
CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.
142 power supply: 200...240 VAC fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A
35012474.19
BMX DAI 0814 Input Module
Discrete Input/Output Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DAI 0814 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors.
Introduction
Function
The BMX DAI 0814 module is a 100...120 Vac discrete module connected via a
20-pin terminal block. The module has 8 isolated input channels that operate on alternating current.
Illustration
Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the module BMXDAI0814 for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the module operates above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to the Operating and Storage Conditions topic in the
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications user guide (https://www.se.com/us/en/download/document/EIO0000002726/).
General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 0814 module:
35012474.19
143
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Module type
Operating temperature
Nominal input values
Threshold input values At 1
Voltage
Current
Frequency
Voltage
At 0
Current
Voltage
Current
Frequency
Sensor supply (including ripple)
Peak of current on enabling (at nominal U)
Input impedance
Response time at nominal U and f = 55 Hz
Activation
Deactivation
Input type
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-
5-2 standard compliant)
Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature
30 °C (86 °F)
Fuse type Internal
External
Power consumption 3.3 V typical
Dielectric strength maximum
Channel to Bus
Channel to Channel
Resistance of insulation
Channel to Bus
Channel to Channel
Power dissipation
100...120 Vac inputs
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
100...120 Vac
5 mA
50/60Hz
≥ 74 V
≥ 2.5 mA
≤ 20 V
≤ 1 mA
47 Hz to 63 Hz
85...132 V
240 mA
13 kΩ
10 ms
20 ms
Capacitive
Type 3
1700000
None
Fast blow fuse of 0.25 A
61 mA
112 mA
1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
>10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
>10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
2.35 W max.
144 35012474.19
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The BMX DAI 0814 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of eight input channels.
Input Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input.
Module Connection
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
35012474.19
145
Discrete Input/Output Modules
CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
The following diagram shows the connection of the sensors to the module.
power supply: 100...120 VAC fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.25A
NC not connected
146 35012474.19
BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DDI 3202 K module, its characteristics and explains how it is connected to the various sensors.
Introduction
Function
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDI 3202KH (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DDI 3202K (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
The BMX DDI 3202 K module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 40-pin connector. It is a positive logic (or sink) module: its 32 input channels receive current from the sensors.
35012474.19
147
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDI 3202K and
BMX DDI 3202KH for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 3202 K and BMX
DDI 3202 KH modules.
Module type
Operating temperature
Nominal input values
24 VDC positive logic inputs
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) BMX DDI 3202 K
BMX DDI 3202 KH -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
At 1
Voltage 24 VDC
Current 2.5 mA
Voltage ≥ 11 V Threshold input values
Input impedance
Response time
Input type
Fuse type
Current > 2 mA (for U ≥ 11 V)
Voltage 5 V At 0
Current < 0.5 mA
Sensor supply
(including ripple)
19...30 V (possible up to 34 V, limited to 1 hour/ day) at nominal U typical maximum
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard
Reverse polarity
Internal
External
9.6 kΩ
4 ms
7 ms
Current sink
Type 1
Protected
None
1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for each 16-channel group
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant)
Dielectric strength
2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP any type, page
Primary/Secondary 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
Between channel groups
500 VDC
Resistance of insulation
Paralleling of inputs
Reliability
Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold
Sensor voltage: monitoring response
MTBF in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C
(86 °F)
OK
Error on appearance
>10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
No
696 320
> 18 VDC
< 14 VDC
1 ms < T < 3 ms
148 35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Modules time at 24 V (-15% ...
+20%)
Power consumption
3.3 V
Sensor supply consumption
Power dissipation on disappearance typical maximum typical maximum
8 ms < T < 30 ms
121 mA
160 mA
92 mA
145 mA
3.9 W max.
NOTE: For the BMX DDI 3202 KH , confirm that the maximum value of the sensor power supply does not exceed 26.4 V and the minimum value is not less than 21.1 V when operated within 60...70 °C (140...158 °F).
WARNING
OVERHEATING MODULE
Do not operate the BMX DDI 3202 KH within 60...70 °C (140...158 °F) if the sensor power supply is greater than 26.4 V or less than 21.1 V.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
The BMX DDI 3202 K module is fitted with a 40-pin connector for the connection of thirty-two input channels.
35012474.19
149
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Input Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).
Module Connection
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
150 35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.
0
Run
8
1 2
9 10
Err I/O
3 4 5 6 7
11 12 13 14 15
16
24
17 18
25 26
19 20 21 22
27 28 29 30
23
31
I0
I2
I4
20
I1
I3
19
I5
18
I6 I7
17
I8 I9
16
I10
15
I11
I12
14
I13
I14
13
I15
SPS1+
12
SPS1-
SPS1+
11
SPS1-
I16 I17
10
I18 I19
9
I20 I21
8
I22
7
I23
I24 I25
6
I26 I27
5
I28 I29
4
I30 I31
3
SPS2+ SPS2-
2
SPS2+
1
SPS2-
Fuse
Fuse
SPS1+ SPS1-
SPS2+ SPS2power supply: 24 VDC fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for each 16-channel group
SPS: sensor power supply
Sensor Power Outage
After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.
WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter
External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter , page 282 .
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status
LED's.
35012474.19
151
Discrete Input/Output Modules
WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
152 35012474.19
BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DDI 6402 K module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors.
Introduction
Function
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDI 6402KH (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DDI 6402 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
The BMX DDI 6402 K module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via two 40pin connectors. It is a positive logic (or sink) module: its 64 input channels receive current from the sensors.
35012474.19
153
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDI 6402K and
BMX DDI 6402KH for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 6402 K and BMX
DDI 6402 KH modules.
Module type
Operating temperature
Nominal input values
Threshold input values
BMX DDI 6402K
BMX DDI 6402KH
Voltage
At 1
At 0
Current
Voltage
Voltage
Sensor supply (including ripple) at nominal U typical maximum
24 VDC positive logic inputs
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
-25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
24 VDC
0.6 mA
≥ 15 V
≤ 4 V
19...30 V (possible up to 34 V, limited to 1 hour/day)
Input impedance
Response time
Reverse polarity
Fuse type
40 kΩ
4 ms
7 ms
Protected
None
1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for each 16-channel group
Internal
External
Type of input
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard
Current sink
No type
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant)
Dielectric strength
No compatibility (only 1 contact per sensor allowed)
Primary/Secondary 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min
Between channel groups 500 VDC
Resistance of insulation
Paralleling of inputs
Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °
C (86 °F)
>10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
No
342 216
Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold
Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 24
V (-15% ... +20%)
Power consumption 3.3 V
Sensor supply consumption
OK
Error on appearance on disappearance typical maximum typical
> 18 V
< 14 V
1 ms < T < 3 ms
8 ms < T < 30 ms
160 mA
226 mA
96 mA
154 35012474.19
Power dissipation
Connecting the Module maximum 125 mA
4.3 W max.
Discrete Input/Output Modules
At a Glance
The BMX DDI 6402 K module is fitted with two 40-pin connectors for the connection of sixty-four input channels.
Input Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).
35012474.19
155
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Module Connection
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.
(1)
SPS3+ SPS3-
(1)
SPS4+ SPS4-
I32
20
I33
I34
19
I35
I36
18
I37
I38
17
I39
I40
16
I41
I42
15
I43
I44
14
I45
I46
13
I47
SPS3+
12
SPS3-
SPS3+
11
SPS3-
I48
10
I49
I50 I51
9
I52 I53
8
I54 I55
7
I56 I57
6
I58 I59
5
I60
4
I62
3
SPS4+
2
I61
I63
SPS4-
SPS4+
1
SPS4-
0
Run
1 2
Err I/O +32
3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
I0
I2
I4
20
I1
I3
19
I5
18
I6
17
I7
I8 I9
16
I10
15
I11
I12
14
I13
I14
13
I15
SPS1+
12
SPS1-
SPS1+
11
SPS1-
I16
10
I17
I18 I19
9
I20 I21
8
I22
7
I23
I24 I25
6
I26 I27
5
I28 I29
4
I30
3
SPS2+
2
I31
SPS2-
SPS2+
1
SPS2power supply: 24 VDC fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for each 16-channel group
SPS: sensor power supply
(1)
SPS1+ SPS1-
(1)
SPS2+ SPS2-
156 35012474.19
Sensor Power Outage
Discrete Input/Output Modules
After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.
WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter
External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter , page 282 .
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status
LED's.
WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
35012474.19
157
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules
BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DDO 1602 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators.
Introduction
Function
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDO 1602H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DDO 1602 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
The BMX DDO 1602 module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. It is a positive logic (or source) module: its 16 output channels provide current to the pre-actuators.
Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDO 1602 and
BMX DDO 1602H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
158 35012474.19
BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDO 1602 and BMX
DDO 1602H modules:
Module type
Operating temperature
Temperature derating
Nominal values
Threshold values
BMX DDO 1602
BMX DDO 1602H
Voltage
Current
Voltage (including ripple)
24 VDC positive logic static outputs
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
-25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Apply the
temperature derating curve , page 29
24 VDC
0.5 A
19...30 V (34 V possible for 1 hour/day)
0.625 A
10 A
6 W
Current/channel
Current/module
Maximum Power of tungsten filament lamp
Leakage current
Voltage drop
At 0
At 1 minimum Load impedance
Response time (1)
Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C
(86°F)
Frequency of switching to inductive load
Paralleling of outputs
Compatibility with IEC 61131-2 DC direct inputs
Built-in protection against over voltage against inversions against short-circuits and overloads
Fuse type
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring threshold
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring response time
Power consumption 3.3 V
24 V pre-actuator consumption
(excluding load current)
Power dissipation
Dielectric strength
Internal
External
OK
Error on appearance on disappearance typical maximum typical maximum
Output / ground or output / internal logic
< 0.5 mA
< 1.2 V
48 Ω
1.2 ms
392 285
0.5 / LI 2 Hz
Yes (maximum of 2)
Yes (type 3 and no type)
Yes, by Transil diode
Yes, by inverted diode (2)
Yes, by current limiter and electric circuit-breaker 1.5 In <
Id < 2 In
None
1 fast blow fuse of 6.3 A
> 18 V
< 14 V
8 ms < T < 30 ms
1 ms < T < 3 ms
79 mA
111 mA
23 mA
32 mA
4 W max.
1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
35012474.19
159
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnets. Electromagnet discharge time < L/R.
(2) Provide a fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply.
NOTE: For the BMX DDO 1602H , confirm that the maximum pre-actuator power supply does not exceed 26.4 V and the output current value does not exceed 0.55 A at 70 °C (158 °F).
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
The BMX DDO 1602 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of sixteen output channels.
Output Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (positive logic).
160 35012474.19
BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules
Module Connection
Discrete Input/Output Modules
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
CAUTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.
35012474.19
power supply: 24 VDC fuse: fast blow fuse of 6.3 A pre-act: pre-actuator
161
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules
BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DDO 1612 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators.
Introduction
Function
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDO 1612H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DDO 1612 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
The BMX DDO 1612 module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. It is a negative logic (or sink) module: its 16 output channels receive current from the pre-actuators.
162 35012474.19
BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules
Characteristics
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDO 1612 and
BMX DDO 1612H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDO 1612 and BMX
DDO 1612H modules:
Module type
Operating temperature
Temperature derating
Nominal values
Threshold values
BMX DDO 1612
BMX DDO 1612H
Voltage
Current
Voltage (including ripple)
24 VDC negative logic static outputs
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
-25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Apply the
temperature derating curve , page 29
24 VDC
0.5 A
19...30 V (34 V possible for 1 hour/day)
0.625 A
10 A
6 W Power of tungsten filament lamp
Leakage current
Residual voltage
Load impedance
Response time (1)
Reliability
Current/channel
Current/module
Maximum
At 0
At 1 minimum
MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F)
Frequency of switching to inductive load
Paralleling of outputs
Compatibility with DC inputs
Built-in protection (2) against over voltage against reverse polarity against short-circuits and overloads
Fuse type
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring threshold
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring response time
Internal
External
OK
Error on appearance on disappearance
< 0.5 mA
< 1.2 V
48 Ω
1.2 ms
403 804
0.5 / LI 2 Hz
Yes (maximum of 3)
Yes (source and no type inputs)
Yes, by Transil diode
Yes, by reverse-mounted diode
Yes, by current limiter and electric circuit-breaker 1.5 In < Id
< 2 In
None
1 fast blow fuse of 6.3 A
> 18 V
< 14 V
8 ms < T < 30 ms
1 ms < T < 3 ms
35012474.19
163
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules
Power consumption 3.3 V
24 V pre-actuator consumption
(Excluding load current)
Power dissipation
Dielectric strength typical maximum typical maximum
79 mA
111 mA
23 mA
32 mA
2.26 W max.
1500 V rms, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
Output / ground or output / internal logic
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnets. Electromagnet discharge time < L/R.
(2) Provide a fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply.
NOTE: For the BMX DDO 1612H , the maximum pre-actuator power supply must not exceed 26.4 V and the output current value must not exceed 0.55 A at 70 °C (158 °F).
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
The BMX DDO 1612 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of sixteen output channels.
Output Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (negative logic).
164 35012474.19
BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules
Module Connection
Discrete Input/Output Modules
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
CAUTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.
35012474.19
power supply: 24 VDC fuse: fast blow fuse of 6.3 A pre-act: pre-actuator
165
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules
BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DRA 0804T module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators.
NOTE: There is no H version of this module.
Introduction
Function
The BMX DRA 0804T module is a 125 VDC discrete relay module connected via a
20-pin terminal block. Its 8 relay output channels operate on direct current.
NOTE: BMX DRA 0804T provides an extended temperature range, as listed in the
General Characteristics, page 167
topic of this chapter.
Illustration
Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the module BMX DRA 0804T for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the module operates above 2000 m
(6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
166 35012474.19
BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules
General Characteristics
Discrete Input/Output Modules
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DRA 0804T module:
Module type
Operating temperature
Rated voltage
Voltage range
Direct
Direct
Maximum switching current
Response time Activation
Deactivation
10 A capacitive Surge current maximum
Built-in protection
Against inductive over voltage in DC modes
Reliability against short-circuits and overloads
MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature
30 °C (86 °F)
Power dissipation
Field to Bus (Dielectric strength)
(at 50/60 Hz for 1 min.)
Resistance of insulation
(at 500 VDC)
Power supply consumption
3.3 V
24 V (All channels stay at 1)
Typical
Maximum
Typical
Maximum
Point to point isolation
Output current
Mechanical operations
Relay outputs for direct current
-25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
125 VDC
100...150 VDC
0.3 A
< 10 ms
< 10 ms t = 10 ms
None. Fit a discharge diode on each output.
None. Fit a fast-blow fuse of 0.5 A, 250 VDC for each relay.
2 683 411
3.17 W maximum
2000 V actual
>10 MΩ
40 mA
75 mA
101 mA
137 mA
1780 VAC rms
0.3 A at 125 VDC (resistive load) 100,000 ops.
minimum
0.1 A (L/R = 10 ms) 100,000 ops. minimum
20,000,000 minimum
35012474.19
167
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules
The BMX DRA 0804T module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of eight relay output channels.
Output Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of a relay output. Note the enlargement of the pre-actuator. It is recommended to install this type of protection on the terminals of each pre-actuator.
Module Connection
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
CAUTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
168 35012474.19
BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules
The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.
Discrete Input/Output Modules power supply: 125 VDC (100...150 VDC) fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A, 250 VDC for each relay
NC: not connected
NOTE: A Zener Diode voltage of 47V or slightly higher is recommended.
35012474.19
169
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules
BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DRA 0805 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators.
Introduction
Function
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DRA 0805H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DRA 0805 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
The BMX DRA 0805 module is a 24 VDC or 24...240 VAC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. Its 8 relay output channels operate either on alternating current or direct current.
170 35012474.19
BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules
Characteristics
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DRA 0805 and
BMX DRA 0805H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DRA 0805 and BMX
DRA 0805H modules:
Module type
Operating temperature
Rated voltage
Voltage range
Thermal current
Minimum switching load
Alternating current load in resistive mode (AC12)
Alternating current load in inductive mode (AC15)
BMX DRA 0805
BMX DRA 0805H
Direct
Alternating
Direct
Alternating
Voltage
Power
Maximum Power of
Hardened module at
70°C (158°F)
Voltage
Power
Relay outputs for alternating and direct current
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
-25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
24 VDC
24...240 VAC
10...34 VDC
19...264 VAC (47...63 Hz)
3 A
5 VDC / 10 mA
24 VAC 48 VAC
50 VA
30 VA
(5)
(5)
24 VAC
24 VA (4)
50 VA
110 VA
30 VA
66 VA
48 VAC
10 VA
24 VA
(6)
(4)
(6)
(4)
(10)
(8)
100...120
VAC
110 VA (6)
220 VA (4)
66 VA (6)
132 VA (4)
100...120
VAC
10 VA (11)
50 VA (7)
110 VA (2)
200...240
VAC
220 VA
132 VA
(6)
(6)
200...240
VAC
10 VA
50 VA
(11)
(9)
110 VA (6)
Maximum Power of
Hardened module at
70°C (158°F)
14.4 VA (4) 6 VA (10)
14.4 VA (8)
6 VA (11)
30 VA
66 VA
(7)
(2)
220 VA (1)
6 VA (11)
30 VA (9)
66 VA (6)
132 VA (1)
Direct current load in resistive mode
(DC12)
Voltage
Power
Maximum Power of
Hardened module at
70°C (158°F)
24 VDC
24 W (6)
40 W (3)
14.4 W (6)
24 W (3)
Direct current load in inductive mode
(DC13) (L:R=60 ms)
Voltage
Power
24 VDC
10 W (8)
35012474.19
171
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules
Response time
Built-in protection
Reliability
Maximum Power of
Hardened module at
70°C (158°F)
Activation
Deactivation
Against inductive over voltage in AC modes
Against inductive over voltage in DC modes against shortcircuits and overloads
MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30°C
(86°F)
24 W (6)
6 W (8)
14.4 W (6)
< 10 ms
< 8 ms
None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over voltage limiter in parallel on each output appropriate to the voltage in use.
None. Fit a discharge diode on each output.
None. Fit a fast-blow fuse of 3 A for each relay.
2 119 902
Power dissipation
Dielectric strength
(at 50/60 Hz for 1 min.)
2.7 W max.
2000 V actual
Resistance of insulation
(at 500 VDC)
>10 MΩ
Power supply consumption
3.3 V Typical 79 mA
Maximum
Typical
111 mA
24 V relay (12)
51 mA
Maximum
56 mA
(1) :0.1 x 10 6 cycles, (2) : 0.15 x 10 6 cycles, (3) : 0.3 x 10 6 cycles, (4) : 0.5 x 10 6 cycles, (5) : 0.7 x 10 6 cycles, (6) : 1 x 10 6 cycles, (7) : 1.5 x 10 6 cycles, (8) : 2 x 10 6 cycles, (9) : 3 x 10 6 cycles, (10) : 5 x 10 6 cycles, (11) : 10 x 10 6 cycles, (12) : all channels at 1.
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
The BMX DRA 0805 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of eight relay output channels.
172 35012474.19
BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules
Output Circuit Diagram
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The following diagram shows the circuit of a relay output.
Module Connection
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
CAUTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
35012474.19
173
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules
The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.
power supply: 24 VDC or 24...240 VAC fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 3 A for each relay
NC: not connected
174 35012474.19
BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules
BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Introduction
This section presents the BMX DRA 0815 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators.
Introduction
Function
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DRA 0815H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DRA 0815 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
The BMX DRA 0815 module is a 5...125 VDC or 24...240 VAC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. Its 8 relay output channels operate either on alternating current or direct current.
35012474.19
175
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Characteristics
BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DRA 0815 and
BMX DRA 0815H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
General Characteristics
Module type
Rated range
Voltage range
Operating temperature
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DRA 0815 and BMX
DRA 0815H modules:
Alternating
Direct
Alternating
Direct
BMX DRA 0815
BMX DRA 0815H
Relay outputs for alternating and direct current
24...240 Vac
24...125 Vdc
19...264 Vac (47...63 Hz)
5...150 Vdc
0 °C to 60 °C (32 °F to 140 °F) with derating (see hereafter).
-25 °C to 70 °C (-13 °F to 158 °F) with derating (see hereafter).
Thermal current
Apply the following derating curve to the thermal current (in A) versus ambient temperature (in °C):
Minimum switching load
Alternating current load in resistive mode (AC12)
Alternating current load in inductive mode (AC15)
(Power factor = 0.4)
176
Voltage
Switching power below 60 °C
(140 °F)
5 Vdc / 10 mA
24 Vac
48 VA (7)
Maximum switching power of hardened module at 60...70 °
C (140...158 °F)
Voltage
Switching power below 60 °C
(140 °F)
28.8 VA
24 Vac
(7)
10 VA (10)
24 VA (9)
48 VA (6)
72 VA (4)(13)
48 Vac
48 VA (8)
96 VA (6)
28.8 VA (8)
57.6 VA (6)
48 Vac
10 VA (10)
24 VA (9)
48 VA (8)
96 VA (5)
144 VA (3)(13)
Maximum switching power of hardened module at 60...70 °
C (140...158 °F)
6 VA (10)
14.4 VA (9)
6 VA (10)
14.4 VA (9)
100...120 Vac 200...250 Vac
110 VA (8)
220 VA (6)
66 VA (8)
132 VA (6)
220 VA (8)
500 VA (6)
132 VA (8)
300 VA (6)
100...120 Vac 200...250 Vac
10 VA (11)
50 VA (8)
10 VA
50 VA
(11)
(9)
110 VA (7)
220 VA (4)
360 VA (2)(13)
6 VA (11)
30 VA (8)
110 VA (7)
220 VA (6)
500 VA (3)
750 VA (1)(13)
6 VA (11)
30 VA (9)
35012474.19
BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
28.8 VA (6) 28.8 VA
57.6 VA
(8)
(5)
66 VA (7)
132 VA (4)
66 VA (7)
132 VA (6)
300 VA (3)
Direct current load in resistive mode (DC12)
(L:R = 1 ms
Direct current load in inductive mode (DC13)
(L:R = 15 ms)
Voltage
Switching power below 60 °C
(140 °F)
Maximum switching power of hardened module at 60...70 °
C (140...158 °F)
Voltage
Switching power below 60 °C
(140 °F)
Maximum switching power of hardened module at 60...70 °
C (140...158 °F)
24 Vdc
24 W (7)
48 W (6)
14.4 W
28.8 W
24 Vdc
(7)
(6)
10 W (5)
24 W (3)
48 W (1)
6 W (5)
14.4 W (3)
28.8 W (1)
48...60 Vdc
40 W
24 W
48...60 Vdc
40 W
24 W
20,000,000 minimum
< 10 ms
< 13 ms t = 10 ms
(6)
(6)
(1)
(1)
100...125 Vdc
45 W
45 W
(5)
(3)
110...125 Vdc
15 W
15 W
(5)
(1)
Mechanical operations
Response time
Surge current maximum
Built-in protection
Activation
Deactivation
10 A capacitive
Against inductive over voltage in AC modes
Against inductive over voltage in DC modes
Against short-circuits and overloads
None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over voltage limiter in parallel on each output channel appropriate to the voltage in use.
None. Fit a discharge diode on each output channel.
None. Fit a fast-blow fuse on each output channel or channel group.
NOTE: The current capability of fuse depends on the maximum switching load.
2,683,411 Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F)
Power dissipation
Dielectric strength
(12)
(at 50/60 Hz for 1 min.)
Channel to X-bus
Channel to channel
Channel to protective earth
(PE)
Channel to X-bus
Channel to channel
3.6 W + 0.03 x (I1 2 +I2 2 +...+ I8 2 )
Where I1, I2,...I8 is the load current for each channel.
3000 Vac
2000 Vac
2000 Vac
Resistance of insulation
(at 500 Vdc)
Power supply consumption
>10 MΩ
>10 MΩ
3.3 V Typical
Maximum
Typical
40 mA
75 mA
101 mA 24 V (12)
Maximum 137 mA
(1) : 0.04 x 10 6 cycles, (2) : 0.05 x 10 6 cycles, (3) : 0.06 x 10 6 cycles, (4) : 0.07 x 10 6 cycles,
(5) : 0.1 x 10 6 cycles, (6) : 0.15 x 10 6 cycles, (7) : 0.2 x 10 6 cycles, (8) : 0.3 x 10 6 cycles,
(9) : 0.5 x 10 6 cycles, (10) : 0.7 x 10 6 cycles, (11) : 1 x 10 6 cycles,
(12) : All channels at 1, (13) : Below 50 °C (122 °F)
35012474.19
177
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules
The BMX DRA 0815 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of eight relay output channels.
Output Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of a relay output.
Module Connection
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
CAUTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
178 35012474.19
BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.
power supply: 24...125 VDC or 24...240 VAC fuse: Use appropriate fast-blow fuse for each relay.
NC: not connected
35012474.19
179
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules
BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DRA 1605 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators.
Introduction
Function
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DRA 1605H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DRA 1605 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
The BMX DRA 1605 module is a 24...48 VDC or 24...240 VAC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. Its 16 non-isolated relay output channels operate either on alternating current or direct current.
180 35012474.19
BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules
Characteristics
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DRA 1605 and
BMX DRA 1605H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
General Characteristics
Module type
Operating temperature
Rated voltage
Voltage range
Minimum switching load
Maximum switching load
Mechanical service life
Alternating current load in resistive mode (AC12)
Alternating current load in inductive mode (AC15)
Direct current load in resistive mode (DC12)
Direct current load in inductive mode (DC13)
Response time
On-line module change
Built-in protection
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DRA 1605 and BMX
DRA 1605H modules:
BMX DRA 1605
BMX DRA 1605H
Direct
Alternating
Direct
Alternating
Number of switching
Voltage
Power
Voltage
Power
Voltage
Power
Voltage
Power (L/R = 7 ms)
Power (L/R = 20 ms)
Activation
Deactivation
Against alternating current inductive over voltage
Against direct current inductive over voltage
Relay outputs for alternating and direct current
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
-25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
24...48 VDC
24...240 VAC
19...60 VDC
19...264 VAC
5 VDC / 1 mA.
264 VAC / 125 VDC
20 million or more
24 VAC 48 VAC
50 VA (2) 50 VA (1)
80 VA (2)
48 VAC 24 VAC
36 VA (1)
72 VA (1)
120 VA (2)
36 VA (1)
72 VA(1)
120 VA (2)
100...120 VAC
80 VA (1)
200 VA (2)
36 VA (1)
72 VA (1)
120 VA (2)
200...240 VAC
200 VA (1)
100...120 VAC 200...240 VAC
36 VA (1) Cos ϕ = 0,35
72 VA (1) Cos ϕ = 0,7
120 VA (2) Cos ϕ = 0,35
240 VA (2) Cos ϕ = 0,7
24 VDC
24 W (2)
24 VDC
3 W (1)
10 W (2)
24 W (3)
< 8 ms
< 10 ms
Possible
48 VDC
24 W (4)
48 VDC
3 W (1)
10 W
24 W
(2)
(3)
None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over voltage limiter in parallel on each output appropriate to the voltage in use.
None. Fit a discharge diode on each output.
35012474.19
181
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules
Maximum switching frequency
Against short-circuits and overloads
Power dissipation
Dielectric strength
(at 50/60 Hz for 1 min.)
Resistance of insulation
(at 500 VDC)
None. Fit a fast-blow fuse of 12 A for each 8-channel group.
3 600 cycles per hour
3 W max
2000 V actual
> 10 MΩ
Noise immunity In noise simulation below 1500 V actual, noise width of 1s and frequency of 25 to
60 Hz
1 357 810 Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature
30°C (86°F)
Power supply consumption 3.3 V Typical 79 mA
24 V relay (5)
Maximum
Typical
111 mA
89 mA
Maximum 100 mA
(1) : 3 x 10 5 cycles, (2) : 1 x 10 5 cycles, (3) : 7 x 10 3 cycles, (4) : 5 x 10 4 cycles, (5) : per channel at 1.
NOTE: For the BMX DRA 1605H module, confirm that the maximum power does not exceed 24 VA per channel when operated at 70 °C (158 °F).
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
The BMX DRA 1605 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of sixteen non-isolated relay output channels.
182 35012474.19
BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules
Output Circuit Diagram
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The following diagram shows the circuit of relay outputs.
Module Connection
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
CAUTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
35012474.19
183
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules
The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.
power supply: 24 VDC or 24...240 VAC fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 12 A for each 8-channel group
184 35012474.19
BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules
BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DRC 0805 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators.
Introduction
Function
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DRC 0805H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DRC 0805 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
The BMX DRC 0805 module is a 5...125 Vdc or 24...240 Vac discrete module connected via a 40-pin terminal block. Its 8 relay output channels (NO/NC) operate either on alternating current or direct current.
Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DRC 0805 and
BMX DRC 0805H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
35012474.19
185
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
General Characteristics
Module type
Rated range
Voltage range
Operating temperature
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DRC 0805 and BMX
DRC 0805H modules:
Alternating
Direct
Alternating
Direct
BMX DRC 0805
BMX DRC 0805H
NO/NC relay outputs for alternating and direct current
24...240 Vac
24...125 Vdc
19...264 Vac (47...63 Hz)
5...150 Vdc
0 °C to 60 °C (32 °F to 140 °F) with derating (see hereafter).
-25 °C to 70 °C (-13 °F to 158 °F) with derating (see hereafter).
Thermal current
Apply the following derating curve to the thermal current (in A) versus ambient temperature (in °C):
Minimum switching load
Alternating current load in resistive mode (AC12)
Alternating current load in inductive mode (AC15)
(Power factor = 0.4)
Direct current load in resistive mode (DC12)
NOTE: Apply additional derating if the module is wired with
.
Voltage
Switching power below 60 °C
(140 °F)
Maximum switching power of hardened module at 60...70 °
C (140...158 °F)
5 Vdc / 10 mA
24 Vac
48 VA (7)
28.8 VA (7)
48 Vac
48 VA (8)
96 VA (6)
28.8 VA (8)
57.6 VA (6)
100...120 Vac
110 VA (8)
220 VA (6)
66 VA (8)
132 VA (6)
200...250 Vac
220 VA
500 VA
132 VA
300 VA
(8)
(6)
(8)
(6)
Voltage
Switching power below 60 °C
(140 °F)
Maximum switching power of hardened module at 60...70 °
C (140...158 °F)
Voltage
24 Vac
10 VA (10)
24 VA (9)
48 VA (6)
72 VA (4)(13)
6 VA (10)
14.4 VA
28.8 VA
24 Vdc
(9)
(6)
48 Vac
10 VA (10)
24 VA (9)
48 VA (8)
96 VA (5)
144 VA (3)(13)
6 VA (10)
14.4 VA
28.8 VA
57.6 VA
(9)
(8)
(5)
48...60 Vdc
100...120 Vac
10 VA (11)
50 VA (8)
110 VA (7)
220 VA (4)
360 VA (2)(13)
6 VA (11)
30 VA (8)
66 VA (7)
132 VA (4)
100...125 Vdc
200...250 Vac
10 VA
50 VA
(11)
(9)
110 VA
220 VA
500 VA
(7)
(6)
(3)
750 VA (1)(13)
6 VA (11)
30 VA (9)
66 VA (7)
132 VA (6)
300 VA (3)
186 35012474.19
BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
(L:R = 1 ms
Direct current load in inductive mode (DC13)
(L:R = 15 ms)
Mechanical operations
Response time
Switching power below 60 °C
(140 °F)
Maximum switching power of hardened module at 60...70 °
C (140...158 °F)
Voltage
Switching power below 60 °C
(140 °F)
Maximum switching power of hardened module at 60...70 °
C (140...158 °F)
Activation (to NO)
Deactivation (to NC)
10 A capacitive
24 W (7)
48 W (6)
14.4 W (7)
28.8 W (6)
24 Vdc
10 W (5)
24 W (3)
48 W (1)
40 W
24 W
(6)
(6)
48...60 Vdc
40 W (1)
6 W (5)
14.4 W (3)
24 W
28.8 W (1)
20,000,000 minimum
(1)
<10 ms
<13 ms t = 10 ms
45 W
45 W
(5)
(3)
110...125 Vdc
15 W
15 W
(5)
(1)
Surge current maximum
Built-in protection
Reliability
Power dissipation
Dielectric strength
(12)
(at 50/60 Hz for 1 min.)
Against inductive over voltage in AC modes
Against inductive over voltage in DC modes
Against short-circuits and overloads
None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over voltage limiter in parallel on each output channel appropriate to the voltage in use.
None. Fit a discharge diode on each output channel.
MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F)
2,683,411
Channel to X-bus
Channel to channel
Channel to protective earth
(PE)
Channel to X-bus
Channel to channel
None. Fit a fast-blow fuse on each output channel or channel group.
NOTE: The current capability of fuse depends on the maximum switching load.
3.6 W + 0.03 x (I1 2 + I2 2 + ...+ I8 2 )
Where I1, I2,....I8 is the load current for each channel.
3000 Vac
2000 Vac
2000 Vac
>10 MΩ
>10 MΩ
Resistance of insulation
(at 500 Vdc)
Power supply consumption 3.3 V Typical
Maximum
Typical
40 mA
75 mA
101 mA 24 V (12)
Maximum 137 mA
(1) : 0.04 x 10 6 cycles, (2) : 0.05 x 10 6 cycles, (3) : 0.06 x 10 6 cycles, (4) : 0.07 x 10 6 cycles,
(5) : 0.1 x 10 6 cycles, (6) : 0.15 x 10 6 cycles, (7) : 0.2 x 10 6 cycles, (8) : 0.3 x 10 6 cycles,
(9) : 0.5 x 10 6 cycles, (10) : 0.7 x 10 6 cycles, (11) : 1 x 10 6 cycles,
(12) : All channel at 1, (13) : Below 50 °C (122 °F)
35012474.19
187
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules
The BMX DRC 0805 module is fitted with a removable 40-pin terminal block for the connection of eight relay output channels.
Output Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of a relay output.
NO: Normally open output
NC: Normally closed output
Module Connection
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
188 35012474.19
BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
CAUTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.
35012474.19
Power supply: 24...125 Vdc or 24...240 Vac
Fuse: Use appropriate fast-blow fuse for each relay.
N/C: Not connected
189
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DDO 3202 Static Output Modules
BMX DDO 3202 Static Output Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DDO 3202 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators.
Introduction
Function
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDO 3202H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DDO 3202 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
The BMX DDO 3202 module is a 12 VDC/24 VDC discrete module connected via a 40-pin terminal block. It is a positive logic (or source) module: its 32 output channels provide current to the pre-actuators.
Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMXDDO3202 and
BMXDDO3202H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
190 35012474.19
BMX DDO 3202 Static Output Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMXDDO3202 and
BMXDDO3202H modules:
Module type
Operating temperature
Temperature derating
Nominal values
Threshold values
Power of tungsten filament lamp
BMXDDO3202
BMXDDO3202H
Voltage
Current
Voltage (including ripple)
Current/output
Current/module
Maximum
Leakage current
Voltage drop
Load impedance (1)
Response time (2)
At 0
At 1 minimum
Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C
(86°F)
Frequency of switching to inductive load
12/24 Vdc positive logic static outputs
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
-25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Apply the
temperature derating curve , page 29
12/24 Vdc
0.5 A
10.8...30V
0.55 A maximum
17.6 A maximum
• 6 W (24 Vdc)
• 3 W (12 Vdc)
< 0.1 mA
< 1.2 V
54.54 Ω
0.3 ms
537 600
Paralleling of outputs
Compatibility with IEC 61131-2 DC direct inputs
Built-in protection
Open load detection (5)
Fuse type
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring
24 VDC pre-actuator voltage: monitoring threshold against over voltage against inversions against short-circuits and overloads
Internal
External
12 Vdc (6)
24 Vdc (7)
OK
Error
0.5 / LI² Hz
Where:
L = Load inductance (Henry)
I = Load current (A)
Yes (maximum of 3 (3) )
Yes (24 Vdc type 3 and 12 Vdc no type)
Yes, by Transil diode
Yes, by inverted diode (4)
Yes, by current limiter and electric circuit-breaker 1.5 In <
Id < 2 In
In: Nominal current
Id: Detection current
Supported, adds external 20 kΩ resistor (tolerance: 5%, rated power: 0.1 W)
None
1 fast blow fuse per group
Not supported
Supported
> 18 V
< 14 V
35012474.19
191
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DDO 3202 Static Output Modules
24 Vdc pre-actuator voltage: monitoring response time
Power consumption 3.3 V on appearance on disappearance typical maximum typical maximum
1 ms < T < 3 ms
8 ms < T < 30 ms
56 mA
115 mA
35 mA
60 mA
12V/24V Pre-actuator consumption
(excluding load current)
Power dissipation
Dielectric strength Primary/secondary
Between channel groups
4.8 W maximum
1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 minute
1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 minute
>10 MΩ (below 500 Vdc) Resistance of isolation
(1) 54.54 Ω corresponds to the load impedance of pre-actuators with voltage at 30 Vdc. If the preactuator voltage is different than 30 Vdc, calculate the load impedance by using the formula
U
UPPERLIMIT
/0.55A.
(2) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnets. Electromagnet discharge time is < L/R.
(3) When parallel output is applied, the inconsistency between outputs might cause short circuit error on the output status. The related OFF output LED will be flashing.
(4) Provide a fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply.
(5) Limitations for open load detection:
• Add extra external resistor between the PPS1+/PPS2+ and output signal. The maximum pullup resistance is 20 kΩ.
• Open load resistor generates leakage current to the load.
• Open load error bit and short circuit error share one bit.
• Open load detection is only available in output off. When an output is off and an open load is detected, the error is reported.
(6) When pre-actuator voltage is 12 Vdc, the power monitor function must be disabled. Otherwise, the output is not supported for short circuit / open load detection.
(7) When the pre-actuator voltage state is in the error state, the circuit short detection and output open load detection cannot be refreshed.
NOTE: For BMXDDO3202H, confirm that the maximum pre-actuator power supply does not exceed 26.4 V and the output current value does not exceed
0.55 A from 60 to 70 °C (140 to 158 °F).
192 35012474.19
BMX DDO 3202 Static Output Modules
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The BMX DDO 3202 module is fitted with a removable 40-pin terminal block for the connection of sixteen output channels.
Output Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (positive logic).
24 V
Command
Detected Error
Output
0 V
Module Connection
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Disconnect all power from all equipment including connected devices prior to removing any covers or doors, or installing or removing any accessories, hardware, cables, or wires except under the specific conditions specified in the appropriate hardware guide for this equipment.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
35012474.19
193
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DDO 3202 Static Output Modules
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
CAUTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.
Run Err I/O
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
2
Q1
1
3
4
Q3
5
6
Q5
Q7
7
8
Q9
9
10
12
Q11
11
13
14
Q13
15
16
Q15
PPS1+
17
18
19
20
22
PPS1+
Q17
21
23
24
Q19
25
26
Q21
27
28
Q23
29
30
Q25
31
32
Q27
33
34
Q29
35
36
Q31
PPS2+
37
38
39
40
PPS2+
Q0
Q2
Q4
Q6
Q8
Q10
Q12
Q14
PPS1-
PPS1-
Q16
1
Q18
Q20
Q22
Q24
Q26
Q28
Q30
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
PPS2-
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
PPS2-
1
2
2
Pre-act: Pre-actuator
1 Fast blow fuse for each 16-channel group. The fuse rating adjusted according to the load.
2 Pre-actuator power supply (PPS n ) 12 Vdc/24 Vdc
194 35012474.19
BMX DDO 3202 Static Output Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The following diagram gives an example of open load detection with external resistor (Channel 0) and paralleling of output connection (Channels 20, 22 for two redundant outputs and Channels 26, 27, 28 for three redundant outputs).
Open load external resistor
20 Kohm 1 W
FUSE
1
2
Wiring for 2 parallel chanels
Wiring for 3 parallel chanels
FUSE
1
2
Pre-act: Pre-actuator
1 Fast blow fuse for each 16-channel group. The fuse rating adjusted according to the load.
2 Pre-actuator power supply (PPS n ) 12 Vdc/24 Vdc
35012474.19
195
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules
BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DDO 3202 K module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators.
Introduction
Function
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDO 3202 KC (coated) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DDO 3202 K (standard) equipment. It can be used in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
The BMX DDO 3202 K module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 40pin connector. It is a positive logic (or source) module: its 32 output channels provide current to the pre-actuators.
196 35012474.19
BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules
Characteristics
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the following table apply to the BMXDDO3202K and
BMXDDO3202KC modules for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For more information, refer to the Operating and Storage Conditions topic in the
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards, and Certifications user guide.
General Characteristics
Module type
Operating temperature
Temperature derating
Nominal values
Threshold values
The following table presents the general characteristics for the BMXDDO3202K and BMXDDO3202KC modules:
Power of tungsten filament lamp
Leakage current
Voltage drop
Load impedance
Response time (1)
Max. overload time before internal damage
Reliability
Voltage
Current
Voltage (including ripple)
Current/channel
Current/module
Maximum
At 0
At 1
Minimum
MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C
(86 °F)
24 VDC positive logic static outputs
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
Apply the
temperature derating curve , page 29
24 VDC
0.1 A
19...30 V (34 V possible for 1 hour/day)
0.125 A
3.2 A
1.2 W
100 μA for U = 30 V
< 1.5 V for I = 0.1 A
220 Ω
1.2 ms
15 ms
312 254
Frequency of switching to inductive load
Paralleling of outputs
Compatibility with IEC 61131-2 DC direct inputs
Built-in protection
Fuse type
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring threshold
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring response time
Power consumption 3.3 V
Against over voltage
Against inversions
Against short-circuits and overloads
Internal
External
OK
Error
On appearance
On disappearance
Typical
Maximum
0.5 / LI 2 Hz
Yes (maximum of 3)
Yes (type 3 or no type)
Yes, by Transil diode
Yes, by inverted diode (2)
Yes, by current limiter and electric circuit-breaker
0.125 A < Id < 0.185 A
None
1 fast blow fuse of 2 A for each 16-channel group
> 18 V
< 14 V
8 ms < T < 30 ms
1 ms < T < 3 ms
125 mA
166 mA
35012474.19
197
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules
24 V pre-actuator consumption
(excluding load current)
Typical
Maximum
46 mA
64 mA
Power dissipation
Dielectric strength Output / ground or output / internal logic
Between channel groups
3.6 W max.
1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min
500 VDC
>10 MΩ (below 500 VDC) Resistance of insulation
(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnet. Electromagnet discharge time < L/R.
(2) Provide a fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply.
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
The BMX DDO 3202 K module is fitted with a 40-pin connector for the connection of thirty-two output channels.
Output Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (positive logic).
198 35012474.19
BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules
Module Connection
Discrete Input/Output Modules
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
The diagram below shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.
35012474.19
power supply: 24 VDC fuse: fast blow fuse of 2 A for each 16-channel group pre-act: pre-actuator
PPS: pre-actuator power supply
199
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules
BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DDO 6402 K module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators.
Introduction
Function
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDO 6402 KC (coated) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DDO 6402 K (standard) equipment. It can be used in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
The BMX DDO 6402 K module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via two
40-pin connectors. It is a positive logic (or source) module: its 64 output channels provide current to the pre-actuators.
200 35012474.19
BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules
Characteristics
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the following table apply to the BMXDDO6402K and
BMXDDO6402KC modules for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to the Operating and Storage Conditions topic in the
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards, and Certifications user guide.
General Characteristics
The following table presents the general characteristics for the BMXDDO6402K and BMXDDO6402KC modules:
Module type
Operating temperature
Temperature derating
Nominal values Voltage
Current
Voltage (including ripple) Threshold values
Power of tungsten filament lamp
Leakage current
Voltage drop
Load impedance
Current/channel
Current/module
Maximum
At 0
At 1
Minimum
Response time (1)
Max. overload time before internal damage
Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F)
Frequency of switching to inductive load
Paralleling of outputs
Compatibility with IEC 61131-2 DC direct inputs
Built-in protection Against over voltage
Against inversions
Against short-circuits and overloads
Fuse type
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring threshold
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring response time
Power consumption 3.3 V
Internal
External
OK
Error
On appearance
On disappearance
Typical
Maximum
24 VDC positive logic static outputs
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
Apply the
temperature derating curve , page 29
24 VDC
0.1 A
19...30 V (34 V possible for 1 hour/day)
0.125 A
6.4 A
1.2 W
100 μA for U = 30 V
< 1.5 V for I = 0.1 A
220 Ω
1.2 ms
15 ms
159 924
0.5 / LI 2 Hz
Yes (maximum of 3)
Yes (type 3 and no type)
Yes, by Transil diode
Yes, by inverted diode (2)
Yes, by current limiter and electric circuitbreaker 0.125 A < Id < 0.185 A
None
1 fast blow fuse of 2 A for each 16-channel group
> 18 V
< 14 V
8 ms < T < 30 ms
1 ms < T < 3 ms
160 mA
226 mA
35012474.19
201
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules
24 V pre-actuator consumption
(excluding load current)
Power dissipation
Dielectric strength
Typical
Maximum
92 mA
127 mA
6.85 W max.
1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min Output / ground or output / internal logic
Between channel groups 500 VDC
>10 MΩ (below 500 VDC) Resistance of insulation
(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnet. Electromagnet discharge time < L/R.
(2) Provide a 2 A fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply.
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
The BMX DDO 6402 K module is fitted with two 40-pin connectors for the connection of sixty-four output channels.
Output Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (positive logic).
202 35012474.19
BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules
Module Connection
Discrete Input/Output Modules
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
The diagram below shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.
power supply: 24 VDC fuse: fast blow fuse of 2 A for each 16-channel group pre-act: pre-actuator
PPS: pre-actuator power supply
35012474.19
203
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules
BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DAO 1605 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators.
Introduction
Function
The BMX DAO 1605 module is a 100...240 VAC discrete module connected via a
20-pin terminal block. Its 16 triac output channels operate on alternating current.
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAO 1605H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DAO 1605 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAO 1605 and
BMX DAO 1605H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
204 35012474.19
BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAO 1605 and BMX
DAO 1605H modules:
Module type
Operating temperature
Temperature derating
Nominal values
Threshold values
BMX DAO 1605
BMX DAO 1605H
Voltage
Current
Voltage
Current/channel
Current/module
Maximum inrush current
Leakage current At state 0
Residual voltage
Response time
Built-in protection
At state 1
Command type
Output protection
Dielectric maximum voltage
Insulation resistance
Noise immunity
Against inductive over voltage in AC modes
Against inductive over voltage against shortcircuits and overloads
Power consumption 3.3
V
Typical
Maximum
100...240 VAC triac outputs
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
-25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Apply the
temperature derating curve , page
100...240 VAC
0.6 A / points
100 mA at 24 VAC
25 mA at 100...240 VAC
0.6 A
2.4 A max/common (4.8 A max for all commons)
20 A / cycle or less
≤ 3 mA (for 240 VAC, 60 Hz)
≤ 1.5 mA (for 120 VAC, 60 Hz)
≤ 1.5 VAC
≤ 1 ms + 1/(2xF)
None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over voltage limiter in parallel on each output appropriate to the voltage in use
None. Fit a discharge diode on each output.
None. Fit a fast-blow fuse of 3 A on each channel or 4-channel group.
Zero crossing no protection
2 830 VAC rms/1 min
≥ 10 MΩ (by insulation resistance meter)
By noise simulator of noise voltage, 1 μs noise width and 1 500 Vp-p
25...60 Hz noise frequency
79 mA
111 mA
NOTE: For the BMX DAO 1605H module, at 70 °C (158 °F), the maximum threshold current must not exceed 0.24 A per channel and the maximum module current must not exceed 1.92 A.
35012474.19
205
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules
The BMX DAO 1605 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of sixteen triac output channels.
Output Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of a alternating current triac output.
Module Connection
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
CAUTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
206 35012474.19
BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.
power supply: 100...240 VAC fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 3 A for each 4-channel group
35012474.19
207
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules
BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DAO 1615 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators.
Introduction
Function
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAO 1615H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DAO 1615 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
The BMX DAO 1615 module is a 24...240 Vac discrete module connected via a
40-pin terminal block. Its 16 isolated triac output channels operate on alternating current.
Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAO 1615 and
BMX DAO 1615H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
208 35012474.19
BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
General Characteristics
CAUTION
OVERHEATING HAZARD
Take into account the temperature derating of the discrete I/O modules at the installation to prevent the device from overheating and/or deteriorating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAO 1615 and BMX
DAO 1615H modules:
Module type
Operating temperature
BMX DAO 1615
BMX DAO 1615H
24...240 Vac16-channel Isolated Triac Output
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
-25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Temperature derating Apply the following derating curve (total module output current (in %) versus ambient temperature (in °C):
35012474.19
Nominal values
Operating range
Voltage minimum and maximum
Current minimum and maximum
NOTE: The curves apply to the BMX DAO 1615 in the temperature range 0...60 °C (32 °F...140 °F) and apply to the BMX DAO 1615H in the temperature range -25...70 °C (-13...158 °F).
Voltage
Current
24...240 Vac
3 A per channel.
Voltage
Frequency
Voltage drop at state 1
Maximum input voltage
20...264 Vac
47...63 Hz
≤ 1.55 Vac
300 Vac during 10 s
400 Vac during one cycle
5 mA minimum.
Load current (minimum)
Current / 4 contiguous channels
Current / module
Maximum inrush current
(rms)
Leakage current at state
0
4 A maximum continuous for the sum of the 4 channels.
10 A maximum continuous.
30 A per channel for 1 cycle.
20 A per channel for 2 cycles.
10 A per channel for 3 cycles.
≤ 2.5 mA at 240 Vac
≤ 2 mA at 115 Vac
209
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules
Response time
Built-in protection Against inductive over voltage
Against short-circuits and overloads
Output protection (internal)
Dielectric strength Channel to X-bus
Channel to channel
Insulation
Resistance
Channel to X-bus
Channel to channel
Applied dV/dt
Backplane consumption
24 V
3.3 V
Typical
Maximum
Typical
Maximum
≤ 1 mA at 48 Vac
≤ 1 mA at 24 Vac
≤ 0.5 x (1/F)
None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over voltage limiter in parallel on each preactuator appropriate to the voltage in use
None. Fit a 4 A fast blow fuse on each channel.
RC snubber suppression.
1780 Vac, 50/60 Hz for 1 min.
1500 Vac, 50/60 Hz for 1 min.
>10 MΩ (below 500 Vdc)
>10 MΩ (below 500 Vdc)
400 V/μs
50 mA
60 mA
61 mA
87 mA
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
The BMX DAO 1615 module is fitted with a removable 40-pin terminal block for the connection of 16 triac isolated output channels.
210 35012474.19
BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules
Output Circuit Diagram
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current triac isolated output:
Module Connection
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
CAUTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
35012474.19
211
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules
NC: Not connected.
1 4 A fast blow fuse.
2 Inductive load.
3 Resistive load.
2a and 3a Recommended output protection (see note below).
NOTE: The recommended output protection for both inductive and resistive load is composed of a varistor (GMOV 24...240 Vac). The electronic characteristics of the varistor depend on the voltage required by the device used.
For inductive load, an optional RC filter (snubber) is recommended in addition to the varistor. The values for the resistor and the capacitor depend on the device used.
Each terminal capacity is one wire 22...18 AWG (0,34...1 mm 2 ). For more details, refer to
terminal block wiring capacity , page 39
.
Output Usage Rules
Usage of the outputs with different phases, is dependent on the power supply voltage:
• In the range of 24...133 Vac, adjacent channel outputs can be used.
212 35012474.19
BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
• In the range of 133...240 Vac, the channel outputs used, need to be separated by an unused channel output (for example Q1 and Q2 with phase
A, skip Q3, and Q4 with phase B).
CAUTION
DAMAGE TO MODULE OUTPUTS
• Ensure that the AC power energizing each group is from a common, singlephase AC power source.
• Protect the module output when an external switch is used to control an inductive load in parallel with the module output. Use an external varistor in parallel with the switch.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
35012474.19
213
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module
BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DDM 16022 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the sensors and pre-actuators.
Introduction
Function
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDM 16022H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DDM 16022 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
The BMX DDM 16022 module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 20pin terminal block. It is a positive logic module: its 8 input channels receive current from the sensors (sink) and its 8 output channels provide current to the preactuators (source).
214 35012474.19
BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module
Characteristics
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the tables below apply to the modules BMX DDM 16022 and
BMX DDM 16022H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
General Input Characteristics
The following table shows the general input characteristics of the BMX DDM
16022 and BMX DDM 16022H modules:
Input module type
Operating temperature
Nominal input values
Threshold input values
Input impedance
Response time
BMX DDM 16022
BMX DDM 16022H
At 1
Voltage
Current
Voltage
At 0
Current
Voltage
Current
Sensor supply
(including ripple)
At nominal U
Typical
Maximum
Input type
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard
Reverse polarity
Fuse type Internal
External
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility
(IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant)
24 VDC positive logic inputs
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
-25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
24 VDC
3.5 mA
≥ 11 V
> 2 mA for U ≥ 11 V
5 V
≤ 1.5 mA
19...30 V (possibly up to 34 V, limited to 1 hour/day)
6.8 kΩ
4ms
7ms
Current sink
Type 3
Protected
None
1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for 8-channel group
2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP any type, page 73
427 772 Reliability
Dielectric strength
MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30
°C (86°F)
Primary/secondary
Between input/output groups
Resistance of insulation
Paralleling of inputs
Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold
Sensor voltage: monitoring response
OK
Error
On appearance
On disappearance
1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
500 VCC
>10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
No
> 18 V
< 14 V
8 ms < T < 30 ms
1 ms < T < 3 ms
35012474.19
215
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module
time at 24 V (-15% ...
+20%)
Power consumption 3.3
V
24 V pre-actuator consumption
(excluding load current)
Power dissipation
Typical
Maximum
Typical
Maximum
79 mA
111 mA
59 mA
67 mA
3.7 W max.
NOTE: These characteristics are available also for the BMX DDM 16022H in the temperature range -25...60 °C (-13...140 °F). At +70 °C (158 °F). Confirm that the maximum voltage value of input sensor supply does not exceed 26.4
V.
WARNING
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Do not operate the BMX DDM 16022H at 70 °C (158 °F) if the sensor power supply is greater than 29.0 V or less than 21.1 V. Overheating the module can cause the loss of the input function.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
General Output Characteristics
Output module type
Operating temperature
Temperature derating
Nominal values
Threshold values
Power of tungsten filament lamp
Leakage current
Voltage drop
Load impedance
Response time (1)
Max. overload time before internal damage
Reliability
The following table shows the general output characteristics of the BMX DDM
16022 and BMX DDM 16022H modules:
BMX DDM 16022
BMX DDM 16022H
Voltage
Current
Voltage (including ripple)
Current/channel
Current/module
Maximum
At 0
At 1
Minimum
MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °
C (86 °F)
0.625 A
5 A
6 W
< 0.5 mA
< 1.2 V
48 Ω
1.2 ms
15 ms
427 772
24 VDC positive logic static outputs
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
-25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
Apply the
temperature derating curve , page 29
24 VDC
0.5 A
19...30 V (34 V possible for 1 hour/day)
Frequency of switching to inductive load
Paralleling of outputs
Compatibility with IEC 61131-2 DC direct inputs
Built-in protection Against over voltage
0.5 / LI 2 Hz
Yes (maximum of 2)
Yes (type 3 and no type)
Yes, by Transil diode
216 35012474.19
BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Fuse type
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring threshold
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring response time at
24 V (-15% ... +20%)
Power consumption 3.3 V
Against inversions
Against short-circuits and overloads
Internal
External
OK
Error
On appearance
On disappearance
Typical
Yes, by inverted diode (2)
Yes, by current limiter and electric circuit-breaker
1.5 In < Id < 2 In
None
1 fast blow fuse of 6.3 A for 8-channel group
> 18 V
< 14 V
8 ms < T < 30 ms
1 ms < T < 3 ms
79 mA
24 V pre-actuator consumption
(excluding load current)
Power dissipation
Dielectric strength
Maximum
Typical
Maximum
111 mA
59 mA
67 mA
3.7 W max.
1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
Output / ground or output / internal logic
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnets. Electromagnet discharge time < L/R.
(2) Provide a 6.3 A fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply
NOTE: The characteristics in this table also apply to the BMX DDM 16022H in the temperature range -25...60 °C (-13...140 °F).
At 70 °C (140 °F):
• Confirm that the maximum voltage of the pre-actuator power supply does not exceed 26.4 V.
• Confirm that the maximum output current does not exceed 0.55 A.
WARNING
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Do not operate the BMX DDM 16022H at 70 °C (158 °F) if the preactuator power supply is greater than 29.0 V or less than 21.1 V.
Overheating the module can cause the loss of the output function.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
Connecting the Module
35012474.19
217
Discrete Input/Output Modules
At a Glance
BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module
The BMX DDM 16022 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of eight input channels and eight output channels.
Input Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).
Output Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (positive logic).
218 35012474.19
BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module
Module Connection
Discrete Input/Output Modules
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors and pre-actuators.
35012474.19
power supply: 24 VDC input fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5 A output fuse: fast blow fuse of 6.3 A pre-act: pre-actuator
219
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Sensor Power Outage
BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module
After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.
WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter
External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter , page 282
.
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status
LED's.
WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
220 35012474.19
BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DDM 16025 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the sensors and pre-actuators.
Introduction
Function
Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDM 16025H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DDM 16025 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
Illustration
The BMX DDM 16025 module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 20pin terminal block. It is a positive logic module: its 8 input channels receive current from the sensors (sink). The 8 isolated relay outputs operate either on direct current (24 VDC) or alternating current (24...240 VAC).
35012474.19
221
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Characteristics
BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the tables below apply to the modules BMX DDM 16025 and
BMX DDM 16025H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).
General Input Characteristics
Input module type
Operating temperature
Nominal input values
Threshold input values
This table presents the general input characteristics for the BMX DDM 16025 and
BMX DDM 16025H modules:
BMX DDM 16025
BMX DDM 16025H
At 1
Voltage
Current
Voltage
At 0
Current
Voltage
Current
Sensor supply (including ripple)
Input impedance
Response time
At nominal U
Typical
Maximum
Input type
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard
Reverse polarity
Fuse type Internal
External
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant)
Eight 24 VDC positive logic inputs
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
-25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
24 VDC
3.5 mA
≥ 11 V
≥ 2 mA for U ≥ 11 V
5 V
< 1.5 mA
19...30 V (possibly up to 34 V, limited to 1 hour/day)
6.8 kΩ
4 ms
7 ms
Current sink
Type 3
Protected
None
1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for 8-channel group
2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP any type, page 73
835 303 Reliability
Dielectric strength
MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F)
Primary/secondary
Between input/output groups
Resistance of insulation
Paralleling of inputs
Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold
Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at
24V (-15% ... +20%)
Power consumption 3.3 V
OK
Error
On appearance
On disappearance
Typical
1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
500 VDC
>10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
No
> 18 V
< 14 V
8 ms < T < 30 ms
1 ms < T < 3 ms
35 mA
222 35012474.19
BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module
Discrete Input/Output Modules
24 V pre-actuator consumption
(excluding load current)
Power dissipation
Maximum
Typical
Maximum
50 mA
79 mA
111 mA
3.1 W max.
NOTE: For the BMX DDM 16025H , at 70 °C (158 °F) confirm that the maximum pre-actuator power supply does not exceed 26.4 V.
WARNING
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Do not operate the BMX DDI 16025H at 70 °C (158 °F) if the sensor power supply is greater than 29.0 V or less than 21.1 V. Overheating the module can cause the loss of the input function.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
General Output Characteristics
Output module type
Operating temperature
Nominal values
Minimum switching load
Maximum switching load
On-line module change
Response time
Mechanical service life
Reliability
Max. switching frequency
Electrical service life
Noise immunity
Fuse type
The following table shows the general output characteristics of the BMX DDM
16025 and BMX DDM 16025H modules:
BMX DDM 16025
BMX DDM 16025H
Switching direct voltage
Switching direct current
Switching alternating voltage
Switching alternating current
Voltage / Current
Voltage
Eight 24 VDC/24-240 VAC relay outputs
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
-25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)
24 VDC resistive load
2 A resistive load
220 VAC, Cos Φ = 1
2 A, Cos Φ = 1
5 VDC / 1 mA.
264 VAC / 125 VDC
Possibility
≤ 8 ms
≤ 10 ms
20 million or more
835 303
Activation
Deactivation
Number of switching
MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F)
Cycles per hour
Internal
External
3 600
Switching voltage / current
200 VAC / 1.5 A, 240 VAC / 1 A, Cos Φ = 0.7
(1)
200 VAC / 0.4 A, 240 VAC / 0.3 A, Cos Φ = 0.7
(2)
200 VAC / 1 A, 240 VAC / 0.5 A, Cos Φ = 0.35
(1)
200 VAC / 0.3 A, 240 VAC / 0.15 A, Cos Φ = 0.35
(2)
200 VAC / 1.5 A, 240 VAC / 1 A, Cos Φ = 0.7
(1)
200 VAC / 0.4 A, 240 VAC / 0.3 A, Cos Φ = 0.7
(2)
In noise simulation, 1500 V actual, width 1s and 25 to 60 Hz
None
1 fast blow fuse of 12 A for 8-channel group
35012474.19
223
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Power consumption 3.3 V Typical
Maximum
Typical
Maximum
24 V pre-actuator consumption
Power dissipation
Dielectric strength
Resistance of insulation
(1) 1 x 10 5 cycles
(2) 3 x 10 5 cycles
Max. voltage
BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module
79 mA
111 mA
36 mA
58 mA
3.1 W max.
2830 VAC rms / cycles
10 MΩ
NOTE: For the BMX DDM 16025H , at 70 °C (158 °F) confirm that the maximum pre-actuator power supply does not exceed 24 VA.
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
WARNING
Do not operate the BMX DDI 16025H at 70°C (158°F) if the pre-actuator power supply is greater than 28.8 V or less than 19.2 V. Overheating the module can cause the loss of the output function.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
The BMX DDM 16025 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of eight input channels and eight isolated relay output channels.
224 35012474.19
BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module
Input Circuit Diagram
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).
Output Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of relay outputs.
Module Connection
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuses.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
35012474.19
225
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module
The diagram below shows the connection of the module to the sensors and preactuators.
input power supply: 24 VDC output power supply: 24 VDC or 24...240 VAC input fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A output fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 12 A pre-act: pre-actuator
Sensor Power Outage
After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.
WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter
External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter , page 282
.
226 35012474.19
BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module
Discrete Input/Output Modules
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status
LED's.
WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
35012474.19
227
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module
BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This section presents the BMX DDM 3202 K module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the sensors and pre-actuators.
Introduction
Function
The BMX DDM 3202 K module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 40pin connector. It is a positive logic module: its 16 input channels receive current from the sensors (sink) and its 16 output channels provide current to the preactuators (source).
Illustration
Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the following tables apply to the BMXDDM3202K module for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the module operates above 2000 m
(6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to the Operating and Storage Conditions topic in the
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications user guide.
228 35012474.19
BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module
General Input Characteristics
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The following table shows the general input characteristics of the BMXDDM3202K module:
Input module type
Operating temperature
Nominal input values Voltage
Threshold input values At 1
Current
Voltage
Current
Voltage At 0
Current
Sensor supply (including ripple)
Input impedance
Response time
At nominal U
Typical
Maximum
Input type
Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard
Reverse polarity
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant)
Fuse type Internal
External
Reliability
Dielectric strength
MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C
(86 °F)
Primary/secondary
Between input/output groups
Resistance of insulation
Paralleling of inputs
Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold
Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 24 V (-15% ...
+20%)
Power consumption 3.3 V
24 V pre-actuator consumption
(excluding load current)
Power dissipation
OK
Error
On appearance
On disappearance
Typical
Maximum
Typical
Maximum
24 VDC positive logic inputs
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
24 VDC
2.5 mA
≥ 11 V
> 2 mA for U ≥ 11 V
5 V
< 0.5 mA
19...30 V (possibly up to 34 V, limited to 1 hour/day)
9.6 kΩ
4 ms
7 ms
Current sink
Type 1
Protected
2-wire (DC) and 3-wire (DC) PNP any type, page 73
None
1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for 16-channel group
650 614
1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
500 VDC
>10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
No
> 18 V
< 14 V
8 ms < T < 30 ms
1 ms < T < 3 ms
125 mA
166 mA
69 mA
104 mA
4 W max.
General Output Characteristics
Output module type
Operating temperature
The following table shows the general output characteristics of the
BMXDDM3202K module:
24 VDC positive logic static outputs
0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)
35012474.19
229
Discrete Input/Output Modules
BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module
Temperature derating
Nominal values
Threshold values
Power of tungsten filament lamp
Leakage current
Voltage drop
Load impedance
Response time (1)
Max. overload time before internal damage
Reliability
Voltage
Current
Voltage (including ripple)
Current/channel
Current/module
Maximum at 0 at 1
Minimum
Apply the
temperature derating curve , page 29
24 VDC
0.1 A
19...30 V (34 V possible for 1 hour/day)
0.125 A
3.2 A
1.2 W
100 μA for U = 30 V
< 1.5 V for I = 0.1 A
220 Ω
1.2 ms
15 ms
650 614 MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F)
Frequency of switching to inductive load
Paralleling of outputs
Compatibility with IEC 61131-2 DC direct inputs
Built-in protection
Fuse type
Against over voltage
Against inversions
Against short-circuits and overloads
Internal
External
0.5 / LI 2 Hz
Yes (maximum of 3)
Yes (type 3 and no type)
Yes, by Transil diode
Yes, by inverted diode (2)
Yes, by current limiter and electric circuitbreaker 0.125 A < Id < 0.185 A
None
1 fast blow fuse of 2 A for 16-channel group
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring threshold
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring response time at
24 V (-15% ... +20%)
Power consumption 3.3 V
OK
Error
On appearance
On disappearance
Typical
> 18 V
< 14 V
8 ms < T < 30 ms
1 ms < T < 3 ms
125 mA
24 V pre-actuator consumption
(excluding load current)
Power dissipation
Dielectric strength
Maximum
Typical
Maximum
166 mA
69 mA
104 mA
4 W max.
1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnet. Electromagnet discharge time < L/R.
(2) Provide a 2 A fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply.
Output / ground or output / internal logic
230 35012474.19
BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module
Connecting the Module
At a Glance
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The BMX DDM 3202 K module is fitted with a 40-pin connector for the connection of sixteen input channels and sixteen output channels.
Input Circuit Diagram
The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).
35012474.19
231
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Output Circuit Diagram
BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module
The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (positive logic).
Module Connection
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.
232 35012474.19
BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors and pre-actuators.
Run Err I/O
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
0
20
1
2
3
19
4 5
18
6 7
17
8 9
16
10
12
15
11
14
13
14
13
15
SPS+
12
SPS-
SPS+ SPS-
11
Q16
10
Q17
Q18 Q19
9
Q20 Q21
8
Q22
7
Q23
Q24 Q25
6
Q26 Q27
5
Q28 Q29
4
Q30 Q31
3
PPS+ PPS-
2
PPS+ PPS-
1 power supply: 24 VDC input fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5 A output fuse: fast blow fuse of 2 A pre-act: pre-actuator
SPS: sensor power supply
PPS: pre-actuator power supply
FUSE
Pre-act.
SPS+
Pre-act.
SPS-
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Pre-act.
FUSE
Pre-act.
PPS+ PPS-
35012474.19
233
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Sensor Power Outage
BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module
After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.
WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter
External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter , page 282
.
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status
LED's.
WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
234 35012474.19
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the
Discrete I/O Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Introduction to the TELEFAST 2 Connection Interfaces for Discrete I/
Connection Principles for the TELEFAST 2 Interfaces for Discrete I/O ............. 243
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R10/08R11 and ABE-7H16R10/16R11 Connection
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R10/12R11 Connection Bases.................................. 249
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R21 and ABE-7H16R20/16R21/16R23 Connection
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R20/12R21 Connection Bases ................................. 253
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08S21/16S21 Connection Bases.................................. 255
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12S21 Connection Base .............................................. 257
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R30/16R31 Connection Bases ................................. 259
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R50 Connection Base .............................................. 261
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R50 Connection Base .............................................. 263
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16F43 Connection Base .............................................. 265
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16S43 Connection Base .............................................. 266
TELEFAST 2 Connection Base Accessories.................................................. 267
Aim of this Chapter
This chapter describes the TELEFAST 2 interface links for the discrete input/ output modules.
35012474.19
235
Discrete Input/Output Modules
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Introduction to the TELEFAST 2 Connection Interfaces for
Discrete I/O
Aim of this section
This section describes the range of TELEFAST 2 products which allow the discrete input and output modules to be connected quickly to the operating pieces.
General Overview of TELEFAST 2 Connection Interfaces for
Discrete I/O Modules
At a Glance
The TELEFAST 2 system is a group of products which enableS discrete input and output modules to be quickly connected to operational components. It replaces
20-pin terminal blocks, thus doing away with single wire connections.
The TELEFAST 2 system, which consists of connection bases for interfaces and connection cables, can only be connected to modules which are fitted with 40-pin connectors.
Several base types can be identified:
• connection interface bases for 8/12/16-channel discrete inputs/outputs
• bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for inputs with 16 isolated channels
• bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for static outputs with 8 and
16 channels
• bases for connection and adaptation interfaces relating to relay outputs with 8 and 16 channels
• bases for adapter splitting 16 channels into 2 x 8 channels
• bases for connection and adaptation interfaces relating to outputs, with or without removable electromechanical or static relays, with 16 channels
• input bases for 12.5-mm wide static relays
TELEFAST 2 Connection Bases Catalog
At a Glance
The catalog of TELEFAST 2 bases for discrete input/output modules is shown here.
Catalog
The table below shows the catalog of connection interface bases for 8/12/16channel discrete I/Os.
236 35012474.19
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Reference
ABE-7H••
Base types
Sub groups
Illustration
08R10
08R11
08S21 12R50
16R50
12R10
12R20
16R10
16R11
08R21 12R21 16R20
16R21
16R23
16R30
16R31
Connection interface bases for 8/12/16-channel discrete I/Os.
8-channel bases 12 and 16-channel bases Compact 12 and 16channel bases
TELEFAST 2 base TELEFAST 2 base
Discrete Input/Output Modules
12S21
16S21
16S43 (1)
16F43 (2)
Description -
(1) for inputs
(2) for outputs
Illustration with 1 isolator/ channel
with 1 isolator/ channel with 1 fuse + 1 isolator/ channel
The principle for identifying the connection interface bases for 8/12/16-channel discrete I/Os is as follows.
Description
35012474.19
The table below describes the different elements which make it possible to identify the connection interface bases for 8/12/16-channel discrete I/Os.
Number
(1)
(2)
Description
08 = 8-channel base
12 = 12-channel base
16 = 16-channel base
Primary function:
• R = simple connection
• S = isolator/channel
• F = fuse/channel
237
Discrete Input/Output Modules
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Number
(3)
(4)
Description
1 = with 1 screw terminal per channel on 1 level
2 = with 2 screw terminals per channel on 2 levels
3 = with 3 screw terminals per channel on 3 levels
4 = with 2 screw terminals per channel on 1 level
5 = with 1 screw terminal per channel on 2 levels
0 or even number = without LED display per channel odd number = with LED display per channel
Catalog
ABE-7S•• reference
Base types
Illustration
The table below shows the catalog of bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for inputs with 16 isolated channels.
16E2E1 16E2E0 16E2F0 16E2M0 16E2B1
Bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for inputs with 16 isolated channels.
TELEFAST 2 base
Description
ABE-7S•• reference
Base types
Sub groups
Illustration
16 x 24 VDC inputs 16 x 48 VDC inputs 16 x 48 VAC inputs 16 x 110...120 VAC inputs
16 x 220...240 VAC inputs
The table below shows the catalog of bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for static outputs with 8 and 16 channels.
08S2B1 16S2B0 16S2B2 08S2B0
Bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for static outputs with 8 and 16 channels.
8-channel bases 16-channel bases
TELEFAST 2 base TELEFAST 2 base
Description 8 static 24 VDC / 0.5A outputs, with error detection transfer to PLC.
8 static 24 VDC / 2A outputs, with error detection transfer to
PLC.
16 static 24 VDC / 0.5A
outputs, with error detection transfer to
PLC.
16 static 24 VDC / 0.5A
outputs, without error detection transfer to
PLC.
The table below shows the catalog of bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for relay outputs with 8 and 16 channels.
238 35012474.19
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules
ABE-7R•• reference
Base types
Sub groups
Illustration
08S111 08S210 16S111 16S210
Bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for relay outputs with 8 and 16 channels.
8-channel bases 16-channel bases
16S212
TELEFAST 2 base TELEFAST 2 base TELEFAST 2 base
Description
ABE-7A•• reference
Base types
Illustration
8 relay outputs, 1 F with
+ or alternating polarity distribution.
8 relay outputs,
1 F, potential free contact.
16 relay outputs,
1 F, 2 x 8 shared
+ or alternating.
16 relay outputs, 1 F, potential free contact.
16 relay outputs, 1 F with distribution of the 2 polarities by 8-channel group.
The table below displays the catalog entry showing the connection base for the adapter splitting 16 channels into 2 x 8 channels.
CC02
Bases for adapter splitting 16 channels into 2 x 8 channels.
TELEFAST 2 base
Description Allows splitting of:
• 16 channels into two x 8 channels
• 12 channels into 8 channels + 4 channels
The table below shows the catalog of output adaptation interface bases with or without removable electromechanical or static relays with 16 channels.
35012474.19
239
Discrete Input/Output Modules
ABE-7•• reference
Base types
Sub groups
Illustration
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
R16T210 P16T210 P16T214 R16T212 P16T212 P16T215 P16T318
Output adaptation interface bases with or without removable electromechanical or static relays with 16 channels
Output bases, 1 F, potential free contact.
Output bases, 1 F, distribution of the 2 polarities by 8-channel group.
Output base, 1 F, distribution of the
2 polarities by 4channel group.
TELEFAST 2 base
Description with 10-mm wide electromechanical relay
10-mm wide relay not provided
10-mm wide relay not provided, 1 fuse/channel with 10-mm wide electromechanical relay
10-mm wide relay not provided
10-mm wide relay not provided, 1 fuse/ channel
12.5-mm wide relay, not provided, 1 fuse
+ 1 isolator/channel
The table below shows the catalog of output adaptation interface bases with or without removable electromechanical or static relays with 16 channels
(continued).
R16T330 P16T330 P16T334 R16T231 R16T332 P16T332 R16T370 ABE-7•• reference
Base types
Sub groups
R16T230
Output adaptation interface bases with or without removable electromechanical or static relay with 16 channels
(continued).
Output bases, 1 OF, potential free contact.
Output bases, 1
OF, shared by 8channel group.
Output bases, 1 OF, distribution of the 2 polarities by 8-channel group.
Output bases, 2
OF, potential free contact.
Illustration
TELEFAST 2 base
Description with 10-mm wide electromechanical relay with 12.5mm wide electromechanical relay
12.5-mm wide relay, not provided
12.5-mm wide relay, not provided, 1 fuse/ channel with 10-mm wide electromechanical relay with 12.5mm wide electromechanical relay
12.5-mm wide relay, not provided with 12.5mm wide electromechanical relay
The table below shows the catalog of input bases for 12.5-mm wide static relays.
240 35012474.19
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
ABE-7P•• reference
Base types
Illustration
16F310
Input bases for 12.5-mm wide static relays
TELEFAST 2 base
16F312
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Description potential free distribution of the 2 polarities by 8-channel group
Combination of Discrete I/O Modules and TELEFAST 2
Connection Bases
Compatibility Table
BMX DDI 3202 K
1 connector
Connection bases
8 channels
ABE-7H08R•• + (1)
ABE-7H08S21
12 channels
+ (1)
ABE-7H12R••
ABE-7H12S21
-
-
16 channels
ABE-7H16R••
ABE-7H16S21
+
+
ABE-7H16R23 +
ABE-7H16F43 -
ABE-7H16S43 -
Input adapter connection bases
16 channels
ABE-7S16E2•• +
ABE-7P16F3•• +
Output adapter connection bases
8 channels
ABE-7S08S2••
ABE-7R08S•••
16 channels
ABE-7R16S•••
ABE-7R16T•••
-
-
-
-
The following table summarizes compatibility between Discrete I/O modules and
TELEFAST 2 connection bases.
BMX DDI 6402 K
2 connectors
BMX DDO 3202 K
1 connector
BMX DDO 6402 K
2 connectors
BMX DDM 3202 K
1 connector
-
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
+
+
-
-
+ (1)
+ (1)
-
+
+
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
+ (1)
+ (1)
+ (1)
+ (1)
-
+
+
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
+ (1)
+ (1)
+ (1)
+ (1)
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
+
+
-
-
+ (1)
+ (1)
+ (1)
+ (1)
35012474.19
241
Discrete Input/Output Modules
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
BMX DDI 3202 K BMX DDI 6402 K
1 connector
-
2 connectors
ABE-7P16T•••
(1) With 16 to 2 x 8 channel adapter ABBE-7ACC02
+ Compatible
Not compatible
BMX DDO 3202 K
1 connector
+
BMX DDO 6402 K
2 connectors
+
BMX DDM 3202 K
1 connector
+
242 35012474.19
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Connection Principles for the TELEFAST 2 Interfaces for
Discrete I/O
Aim of this section
This section describes the connection principles for the TELEFAST 2 products for discrete input/output modules.
Connecting a Discrete Input/Output Module to a TELEFAST 2
Base Interface
At a Glance
A discrete input/output module with a 40-pin connector can be connected to the
TELEFAST 2 connection base with a
.
Illustration
The following diagram shows the connection of a discrete input/output module with a 40-pin connector to a TELEFAST 2 connection base.
35012474.19
243
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Illustration
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
The following diagram shows an example specific to the connection of 16 channels in 2 x 8-channel groups via the ABE-7ACC02 adapter base.
Dimensions and Mounting of the TELEFAST 2 Connection Bases
At a Glance
Here is an overview of the dimensions of different TELEFAST 2 connection products and their mounting methods.
Illustration
The illustration below shows the dimensions (in mm) of the products: ABE-
7H••R1•, ABE-7H••R5•, ABE-7H••R2•, ABE-7H••S21, ABE-7H16R3•, ABE-
7S08S2B0, ABE-7R••S1••, ABE-7R08S210.
244
(1) Dimension with additional shunt terminal block ABE-7BV20 or ABE-7BV10.
35012474.19
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules
The illustration below shows the dimensions (in mm) of the products: ABE-7H16S43, ABE-7S16E2••, ABE-
7S08S2B1, ABE-7S16S2B•, ABE-7H16F43•, ABE-7R16S21.
The illustration below shows the dimensions (in mm) of the product ABE-7ACC02.
The illustration below shows the dimensions (in mm) of the products: ABE-7R16T2•• and ABE-7P16T2••.
(1) Dimension with additional shunt terminal block ABE-7BV20 or ABE-7BV10.
35012474.19
245
Discrete Input/Output Modules
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
The illustration below shows the dimensions (in mm) of the products: ABE-7R16T3•• and ABE-7P16T3••.
(1) Dimension with additional shunt terminal block ABE-7BV20 or ABE-7BV10.
Mounting
The TELEFAST 2 bases are mounted on 35-mm wide DIN mounting rails.
WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Install the input adaptation bases ABE-7S16E2E1 and static output adaptation bases ABE-7S••S2B• lengthways and horizontally to prevent the device from overheating and unexpected operation.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage.
246 35012474.19
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R10/08R11 and ABE-7H16R10/
16R11 Connection Bases
Aim of this section
This section introduces the TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R10/08R11 and ABE-
7H16R10/16R11 connection bases.
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H08R10/R11 and ABE-7H16R10/R11 Bases
At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on TELEFAST 2 bases.
NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 6.3 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
• input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow
• output functions:
◦ 2 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H16R•• base
◦ 6.3 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H08R•• base
Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.
35012474.19
247
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Connecting the common for sensors:
• onto terminals 1 or 2: sensors to the ‘+’ of the supply (positive logic inputs)
Connecting the common for pre-actuators:
• onto terminals 3 or 4: pre-actuators to the ‘-’ of the supply (positive logic outputs)
248 35012474.19
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R10/12R11 Connection Bases
Aim of this section
This section introduces the TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R10/12R11 connection bases.
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R10/R11
Bases
At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on TELEFAST 2 bases.
NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 6.3 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
• input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow
• output functions: 6.3 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H12R ••base
Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.
Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.
35012474.19
249
Discrete Input/Output Modules
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Connecting the common for sensors:
• onto terminals 1 or 2: sensors to the ‘+’ of the supply (positive logic inputs)
Connecting the common for pre-actuators:
• several terminals linked to the ‘-‘ polarity (3, 4, 200, 201, 202, and 203) allowing sharing in groups of 4 or 2 channels (positive logic outputs)
250 35012474.19
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R21 and ABE-7H16R20/16R21/
16R23 Connection Bases
Aim of this section
This section introduces the TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R21 and ABE-7H16R20/
16R21/16R23 connection bases.
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H08R21 and
ABE-7H16R20/R21/R23 Bases for Type 2 Inputs
At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on TELEFAST 2 bases.
NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 2 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
• input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow
• output functions:
◦ 2 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H16R•• base
◦ 6.3 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H08R•• base
Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.
35012474.19
251
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Illustration
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Connections for input and output functions.
Connecting the common for sensors:
• In order to create the shared sensor supply, position the jumper (1) on terminals 1 and 2: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘+’ of the supply
(positive logic inputs).
Connecting the common for pre-actuators:
• In order to create the shared supply for the pre-actuators, position the jumper
(2) on terminals 3 and 4: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘-’ of the supply
(positive logic outputs).
252 35012474.19
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R20/12R21 Connection Bases
Aim of this section
This section introduces the TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R20/12R21 connection bases.
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R20/
12R21 Bases
At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on TELEFAST 2 bases.
NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 6.3 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
• input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow
• output functions: 6.3 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H12R•• base
Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.
35012474.19
253
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Connecting the common for sensors:
• In order to create the shared sensor supply, position the jumper (1) on terminals 1 and 2: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘+’ of the supply
(positive logic inputs).
Terminals 216, 217, 218 and 219 are linked to the ‘-‘ polarity.
Connecting the common for pre-actuators:
• In order to create the shared supply for the pre-actuators, position the jumper
(2) on terminals 3 and 4: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘-’ of the supply
(positive logic outputs).
Terminals 216, 217, 218 and 219 are linked to the ‘-‘ polarity
254 35012474.19
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08S21/16S21 Connection Bases
Aim of this section
This section introduces the connection bases TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08S21/16S21 .
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on ABE-7H08S21/16S21
Bases with One Isolator per Channel
At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on TELEFAST 2 bases.
NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 2 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
• input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow
• output functions:
◦ 2 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H16S21 base
◦ 6.3 A quick blow on the ABE-7H08S21 base
Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.
35012474.19
255
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Connecting the common for sensors:
• In order to create the shared sensor supply, position the jumper (1) on terminals 1 and 2: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘+’ of the supply
(positive logic inputs).
Connecting the common for actuators:
• In order to create the shared supply for the actuators, position the jumper (2) on terminals 3 and 4: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘-’ of the supply
(positive logic outputs).
256 35012474.19
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12S21 Connection Base
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Aim of this section
This section describes the connection base TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12S21 .
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12S21 Base with 1 Isolator per Channel
At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and actuator connections on the TELEFAST 2 base.
NOTE: The base is manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 6.3 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
• input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow
• output functions: 6.3A quick-blow on the ABE-7H12S21 base
Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.
35012474.19
257
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Connecting the common for sensors:
• In order to create the shared sensor supply, position the jumper (1) on terminals 1 and 2: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘+’ of the supply
(positive logic inputs).
Terminals 216, 217, 218 and 219 are linked to the ‘-‘ polarity.
Connecting the common for pre-actuators:
• In order to create the shared supply for the pre-actuators, position the jumper
(2) on terminals 3 and 4: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘-’ of the supply
(positive logic outputs).
Terminals 216, 217, 218 and 219 are linked to the ‘-‘ polarity.
258 35012474.19
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R30/16R31 Connection Bases
Aim of this section
This section introduces the connection bases TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R30/
16R31 .
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H16R30/R31
Bases
At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor connections on TELEFAST 2 bases.
NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 2 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application and the maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
• input functions: 0.5A quick-blow
Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.
35012474.19
259
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Illustration
Input function connections.
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Connecting the common for sensors:
• to create the shared sensor supply:
◦ position the jumper wire (1) on terminals 1 and 2: terminal blocks 200 to
215 will be at the "+" of the supply
◦ link terminal 4 to one of the C terminals of the 3rd level (2): terminal blocks
300 to 315 will be at the "-" of the supply
NOTE: The ABE-7H16R30/R31 base can also be used for connecting actuators.
260 35012474.19
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R50 Connection Base
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Aim of this section
This section describes the connection base TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R50 .
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R50
Bases
At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on the TELEFAST
2 base.
NOTE: The base is manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 6.3 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
• input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow
• output functions: 6.3 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H12R50 base
Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.
Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.
35012474.19
261
Discrete Input/Output Modules
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Connecting the common for sensors:
• onto terminals 1 or 2: sensors to the ‘+’ of the supply (positive logic inputs).
Terminals 200, 201, 202 and 203 are linked to the ‘-‘ polarity
Connecting the common for pre-actuators:
• several terminals linked to the ‘-‘ polarity (3, 4, 200, 202, and 203) allow sharing in groups of 4 or 2 channels (positive logic outputs)
262 35012474.19
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R50 Connection Base
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Aim of this section
This section describes the connection base TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R50 .
Sensor and Actuator Connections on the ABE-7H16R50 Base
At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and actuator connections on the TELEFAST 2 base.
NOTE: The base is manufactured with a general-purpose, fast-blow fuse rated
6.3 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
• input functions: 0.5A fast blow
• output functions: 2A fast blow on the ABE-7H16R50 base
Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.
Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.
35012474.19
Connecting the common for sensors:
263
Discrete Input/Output Modules
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
• onto terminals 1 or 2: sensors to the ‘+’ of the supply (positive logic inputs)
Connecting the common for actuators:
• onto terminals 3 or 4: actuators to the ‘-’ of the supply (positive logic outputs)
264 35012474.19
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16F43 Connection Base
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Aim of this section
This section describes the connection base TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16F43 .
Actuator Connections on ABE-7H16F43 Output Base with One
Fuse and One isolator per Channel
At a Glance
This is an overview of the actuator connections on TELEFAST 2 bases.
Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.
Illustration
Output connection functions.
35012474.19
Functionality per channel:
• original fitted 0.125 A fuse
• isolator cuts the ‘-’ and the channel signal simultaneously
NOTE: Terminals 200..215 are connected to the ‘-’ polarity of the supply.
265
Discrete Input/Output Modules
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16S43 Connection Base
Aim of this section
This section describes the connection base TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16S43 .
Sensor Connections on ABE-7H16S43 Output Base with One
Fuse and One Isolator per Channel
At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor connections on TELEFAST 2 bases.
Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.
Illustration
Input function connections.
266
Functionality per channel:
• 0.125 A fuse fitted during manufacture
• isolator cuts the ‘+’ and the channel signal simultaneously
NOTE: Terminals 200...215 are connected to the ‘+’ polarity of the supply.
35012474.19
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
TELEFAST 2 Connection Base Accessories
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Aim of this Section
This section introduces the TELEFAST 2 connection bases’ range of accessories.
TELEFAST 2 Connection Base Accessories Catalog
At a Glance
This is an overview of the TELEFAST 2 connection base accessories catalog for discrete I/O modules.
Catalog
Product reference Illustration
Additional shunt terminal block
ABE-7BV10
ABE-7BV20
The table below shows the TELEFAST 2 connection base accessories catalog.
Description
Terminal block fitted with 10 screw terminal blocks
Terminal block fitted with 20 screw terminal blocks
Adapter base
ABE-7ACC02
Mounting kit
ABE-7ACC01
Sealed cable lead-through
ABE-7ACC84
Transit through cabinet
ABE-7ACC83
ABE-7ACC82
Enables the connection of 16 channels in 2 x 8-channel groups
Enables the bases to be mounted on monoblock mounting plates
Allows transit through cabinets without cutting the cables
40-pin connectors for 8/12 channels -> M23 cylindrical connector
40-pin connectors for 16 channels -> M23 cylindrical connector
35012474.19
267
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Product reference
ABE-7ACC80
Illustration
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Description
40-pin connectors for 32 channels -> HARTING type connector
ABE-7ACC81
Removable continuity module
ABE-7ACC20
ABE-7ACC21
Customer identification label marking software
ABE-7LOGV10 -
5 x 20 quick-blow glass fuse
ABE-7FU012
ABE-7FU050
ABE-7FU100
ABE-7FU200
ABE-7FU630
Adhesive marker holder
AR1-SB3
Plug-in connector for
Width 10 mm
Width 12.5 mm
-
ABE-7ACC80
0.125 A
0.5 A
1 A
2 A
6.3 A
For AB1-R. / AB1-G type markers
Relays for ABE-7R16T•••, ABE-7P16T••• and ABE-7P16F••• bases
ABR-7S••• (1)
ABS-7S••• (2)
ABE-7S3•• and ABE-7S2••
Output electromechanical relay
Output static relay (4)
(4)
ABS-7E••• (3) Input static relay (4)
(1) For electrical characteristics, see
Characteristics of the Removable ABR-7xxx Electromechanical Output Relays, page 270
.
(2) For electrical characteristics, see
Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Sxx Static Output Relays, page 271 .
(3) For electrical characteristics, see
Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Exx Static input Relays, page 270 .
(4) Contingency table of relays for bases, see
Association Table for the Relays on ABE-7R16Txxx, ABE-7P16Txxx and ABE-7P16Fxxx
268 35012474.19
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Association Table for the Relays on ABE-7R16Txxx, ABE-
7P16Txxx and ABE-7P16Fxxx Bases
At a Glance
The table for comparison between the TELEFAST 2 ABE-7R16T•••, ABE-
7P16T••• and ABE-7P16F••• link bases and the electromagnetic or static relays is described here.
Compatibility Table
The table below shows the association possibilities for the electromagnetic or static relays on the TELEFAST 2 bases.
Bases ABE-7•• equipped with electromagnetic relays
R16T33• R16T21• R16T23•
Electromagnetic relays from ABR-7••• output
10 mm S21 1F
S23 1OF
X
X (1)
12.5 mm S33 1OF -
S37 2OF -
Static relays from ABS-S•• output
-
X
-
-
-
-
X
-
R16T370
-
-
-
X
10 mm
12.5 mm
C2E
A2M
C3BA
C3E
A3M -
Static relays from ABS-7E•• input
12.5 mm C3AL
C3B2
C3E2
A3E5
A3F5
A3F6
A3M5
A3M6
ABE-7••• continuity block
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
10 mm ACC20
12.5 mm
X compatible
ACC21
not compatible
(1) relays can be in line
(2) except on ABE-7P16T334
X
-
X (1)
X (1)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
X (1)
X (1)
X
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
X
(1)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
X
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
X
-
X
X
-
-
not equipped with relays
P16T21• P16T33• P16T318 P16F31•
-
-
X
-
-
-
X (2)
X
X
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
X
-
-
X
-
-
-
X
X
X
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
X
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
-
35012474.19
269
Discrete Input/Output Modules
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Characteristics of the Removable ABR-7xxx Electromechanical
Output Relays
At a Glance
The general characteristics of the removable ABR-7••• electromechanical output relays for TELEFAST 2 bases are described in this section.
General Characteristics
This table shows the general characteristics of the ABR-7••• relays.
ABR-7••• reference
Relay width
Characteristics of the contacts
Composition of the contacts
Max. operating voltage according to IEC 947-5-1 Alternating
Direct
Thermal current
Frequency of current used
Alternating current load
Direct current load
Minimum switching
Response time
Resistive, load AC12
Inductive load AC15
Resistive, load DC12
Inductive load DC13, L/R
= 10 ms
Voltage
Current
Voltage
Current
Voltage
Current
Voltage
Current
Current
Voltage
State 0 to 1
State 1 to 0
Maximum speed of function loading
Voltage assigned insulation
Voltage assigned shock resistance (1.2/50)
Coil/contact
Coil/contact
S21
10 mm
1 F
250 V
125 V
4 A
50/60 Hz
230 VAC
1.5 A
230 VAC
0.9 A
24 VDC
1.5 A
24 VDC
0.6 A
10 mA
5 V
10 ms
5 ms
0.5 Hz
300 V
2.5 kV
S23
1 OF
1.2 A
0.7 A
1.2 A
0.45 A
S33
12.5 mm
264 V
5 A
3 A
1.7 A
3 A
1.4 A
100 mA
13 ms
13 ms
(1) for 0.5 x 10 6 maneuvers
S37
2 OF
2.5 A
1.3 A
2.5 A
1 A
15 ms
20 ms
Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Exx Static input Relays
At a Glance
The general characteristics of the removable ABS-7E•• static input relays for
TELEFAST 2 bases are described in this section.
General Characteristics
This table shows the general characteristics of the ABS-7E•• relays.
270 35012474.19
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
ABS-7E•• reference
Relay width
Command characteristics
Assigned operating voltage
(Us)
Direct
Alternating
Max. operating voltage (including ripple)
Max. current at Us
State 1 guaranteed Voltage
Current
Voltage State 0 guaranteed
Current
Maximum switching frequency (cyclic report
50%)
Complies with IEC1131-2
Response time State 0 to 1
State 1 to 0
Input/output Voltage assigned to insulation
Voltage assigned to shock resistance (1.2/50)
Input/output
C3AL
12.5 mm
C3B2
5 V
-
6 V
13.6 mA
3.75 V
4.5 mA
2 V
0.09 mA
1000 Hz
-
0.05 ms
0.4 ms
300 V
2.5 kV
24 V
30 V
15 mA
11 V
6 mA
5 V
2 mA
Type 2
C3E2
48 V
60 V
30 V
10 V
A3E5
Discrete Input/Output Modules
A3F5 A3M5
-
48 V
53 V
12 mA
32 V
5 mA
1.5 mA
25 Hz
Type 1
20 ms
20 ms
110..130 V
143 V
8.3 mA
79 V
230..240 V
264 V
8 mA
164 V
4.5 mA
40 V 30 V
2 mA
Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Sxx Static Output Relays
At a Glance
The general characteristics of the removable ABS-7S•• static output relays for
TELEFAST 2 bases are described in this section.
General Characteristics
This table shows the general characteristics of the ABS-7S•• relays.
ABS-7S•• reference
Relay width
Output circuit characteristics
Voltage assigned to job
Minimum current through channel
Response time
Direct
Alternating
Max. voltage
Alternating current load
Direct current load
Resistive, load
AC12
Resistive, load
DC12
Inductive load
DC13
Current
Current
Current
Filament lamp load DC6
Leakage current at state 0
Breakdown voltage at state 1
State 0 to 1
C2E
10 mm
5..48 V
-
57.6 VDC
-
0.5 A
-
-
<= 0.5 mA
<= 1 V
1 mA
0.1 ms
A2M
-
24..240 V
264 VAC
0.5 A
-
-
<= 2 mA
<= 1.1 V
10 mA
10 ms
C3BA
12.5 mm
24 V
-
30 VDC
-
2 A
<= 0.3 mA
<= 0.3 V
1 mA
0.1 ms
C3E
5..48 V
60 VDC
1.5 A
0.3 A
10 W
<= 1.3 V
A3M
-
24..240 V
264 VAC
2 A
-
-
-
<= 2 mA
10 mA
10 ms
35012474.19
271
Discrete Input/Output Modules
ABS-7S•• reference
State 1 to 0
Switching frequency on inductive load
Voltage assigned to insulation
Voltage assigned to shock resistance (1.2/50)
Input/output
Input/output
C2E
0.6 ms
-
300 V
2.5 kV
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
A2M
10 ms
C3BA
0.02 ms
< 0.5 LI 2
C3E
0.6 ms
-
A3M
10 ms
272 35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Modules Software
Implementation
Discrete Input/Output Modules
What’s in This Part
General Introduction to the Application-Specific Discrete Function .................. 274
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects ................................ 285
Subject of this Part
This part describes the application-specific discrete functions for Modicon Mx80
PLCs and describes their implementation with the Control Expert software.
35012474.19
273
Discrete Input/Output Modules
General Introduction to the Application-Specific Discrete
General Introduction to the Application-Specific
Discrete Function
What’s in This Chapter
Subject of this Section
This chapter describes the application-specific discrete function on Modicon Mx80
PLCs.
Overview
Introduction
The software installation of the application-specific modules is carried out from various Control Expert editors in both online and offline modes.
If you do not have a processor to connect to, Control Expert allows you to carry out an initial test using the simulator. In this case there are differences in
The following order of installation phases is recommended but it is possible to change the order of certain phases (for example, starting with the configuration phase).
Installation Phases with Processor
The following table shows the various phases of installation with the processor.
Phase
Declaration of variables
Programming
Description
Declaration of IODDT-type variables for the application-specific modules and variables of the project
Project programming
Mode
Offline /
Online
Offline /
Online
Offline Configuration
Association
Declaration of modules
Module channel configuration
Entry of configuration parameters
Association of IODDTs with the channels configured (variable editor)
Generation
Transfer
Adjustment
Debugging
Documentation
Operation/
Diagnostic
Project generation (analysis and editing of links)
Transfer project to PLC
Project debugging from debug screens, animation tables
Modifying the program and adjustment parameters
Building documentation file and printing miscellaneous information relating to the project
Displaying miscellaneous information necessary for supervisory control of the project
Offline /
Online
Offline
Online
Online
Offline /
Online
Online
274 35012474.19
General Introduction to the Application-Specific Discrete
Phase Description
Diagnostic of project and modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Mode
Implementation Phases with Simulator
The following table shows the various phases of installation with the simulator.
Phase
Declaration of variables
Programming
Description
Declaration of IODDT-type variables for the application-specific modules and variables of the project
Project programming
Configuration
Association
Declaration of modules
Module channel configuration
Entry of configuration parameters
Association of IODDTs with the modules configured (variable editor)
Mode
Offline /
Online
Offline /
Online
Offline
Generation
Transfer
Simulation
Adjustment
Debugging
Project generation (analysis and editing of links)
Transfer project to simulator
Program simulation without inputs/outputs
Project debugging from debug screens, animation tables
Modifying the program and adjustment parameters
Offline /
Online
Offline
Online
Online
Online
Note: The simulator is only used for the discrete or analog modules.
35012474.19
275
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Configuration
What’s in This Chapter
Configuration of Discrete Modules: General Points ........................................ 276
Discrete Input and Output Channel Parameters ............................................. 279
Configuration of Discrete Module Parameters................................................ 281
Subject of this Section
This section describes the configuration of application-specific discrete modules for implementation.
Configuration of Discrete Modules: General Points
Overview
This section describes the basic operations required to configure a Modicon X80 discrete module.
Discrete Module Configuration Screen in Modicon Mx80 local rack
At a Glance
The configuration screen is a graphic tool designed for configuring a module selected in a rack. It displays the parameters defined for this module’s channels, and enables their modification in offline mode and on-line mode.
It also provides access to the debug screen (in on-line mode only).
NOTE: It is not possible to configure a module by programming using
direct language objects %KW, page 297
; these words are accessible in read only format.
NOTE: With module firmware 2.4 or any subsequent supporting version(s), you can access the modules either via topological or State RAM addresses.
Please refer to Memory Tab (see EcoStruxure ™ Control Expert, Operating
Modes) and
Topological/State RAM Addressing of Modicon X80 Discrete
276 35012474.19
Illustration
Discrete Input/Output Modules
This screen enables the display and modification of parameters in offline mode, as well as debug in online mode.
Description
Address
1
2
3
Element
Tabs
Module area
Channel area
The next table shows the various elements of the configuration screen and their functions.
Function
The tab in the foreground indicates the mode in progress ( Configuration in this example). Every mode can be selected using the respective tab.
The Debug mode is only accessible in online mode.
Specifies the abbreviated heading of the module.
In online mode, this area also includes the three LEDs: Run , Err and IO .
Allows you:
• by clicking on the reference number, to display the tabs:
◦ Description which gives the characteristics of the device
◦ I/O Objects, (see EcoStruxure ™ Control Expert, Operating Modes) which is used to presymbolize the input/output objects
◦ Fault which shows the device status (in on-line mode)
• to select a channel
• to display the Symbol , name of the channel defined by the user (using the variable editor)
35012474.19
277
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Address
4
5
Element
General parameters area
Configuration zone
Function
Allows you to select the associated function and task in groups of 8 channels:
• Function : defines the configuration/de-configuration of the channel group selected (other than groups 0 to 7)
• Task : defines the task ( MAST , FAST ) in which channel default exchange objects will be exchanged
The check box Supply monitoring defines the active or inactive state of the external power supply monitoring (available only on some discrete modules).
The Reset and Fallback mode drop-down menus enable you to configure the output reset and output fallback mode (available only on some discrete modules).
Enables the configuration of parameters for the various channels. This field includes various items, displayed according to the selected discrete module.
The Symbol column displays the symbol associated with the channel when it has been defined by the user (using the variable editor).
Discrete Module Configuration Screen in X80 Drop
At a Glance
The various available screens for the discrete modules are:
• Configuration screen
• Type
Illustration
The following screen describes the configuration screen:
278 35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Description
2
3
Address
1
4
5
Element
Tabs
Module area
Channel area
General parameters area
Configuration zone
The following table shows the various elements of the configuration screen and their functions.
Function
The tab in the foreground indicates the mode in progress ( Configuration in this example). Every mode can be selected using the respective tab:
• Overview
• Configuration
• Device DDT , which gives the device DDT name and type of the device
Specifies the abbreviated heading of the module.
Allows you:
• by clicking on the reference number, to display the tabs:
◦ Description : Provides the characteristics of the device.
• to select a channel
• to display the Symbol , which is the name of the channel defined by the user (using the variable editor)
NOTE: All channel are activated and a channel cannot be de-activated to None .
Allows you to select the associated function and task in groups of 8 channels:
• Function : Defines the configuration/de-configuration of the channel group selected (other than groups 0 to 7).
• Task : Defines the ( MAST ) task in which channel default exchange objects are exchanged.
The Supply monitoring check box defines the active or inactive state of the external power supply monitoring for the 16-channel group selected (available only on 16, 32 and 64 channel discrete modules).
In a user application, the WRITE_CMD (in an X80 drop) or the WRITE_CMD_QX (in an EIO drop) can also define the active or inactive state of the external power supply monitoring and overrides the
Supply monitoring setting.
WRITE_CMD_QX only works over the first eight channels (0...7, 16...23, 32...39 and 48...55) of the
16 channel groups, but affects all 16 channels of the group.
WRITE_CMD works over any of the 16 channels of a channel group and affects all 16 channels of the group.
WRITE_CMD also allows reactivation of tripped outputs.
The Reactivate and Fallback mode drop-down menus enable you to configure the output reset and output fallback mode (available only on some discrete modules).
Enables the configuration of parameters for the various channels. This field includes various items, displayed according to the selected discrete module.
The Symbol column displays the symbol associated with the channel when it has been defined by the user (using the variable editor).
Discrete Input and Output Channel Parameters
Subject of this Section
This section presents the various parameters of input and output channels for discrete modules.
Discrete Input Parameters on the Rack
35012474.19
279
Discrete Input/Output Modules
At a Glance
The discrete input module includes different parameters per channel. The channels are divided into blocks of 8 or 16 consecutive channels.
Parameters
BMX DDI 1602
BMX DDI 1603
BMX DDI 1604T
BMX DDI 3202 K
BMX DDI 3203
BMX DDI 3232
BMX DDI 6402 K
BMX DAI 0805
BMX DAI 0814
BMX DAI 1602
BMX DAI 1603
BMX DAI 1604
BMX DAI 1614
BMX DAI 1615
BMX DDM 16022
BMX DDM 16025
BMX DDM 3202 K
Reference Module
32
32
64
8
16
16
16
32
8
16
16
16
16
Number of inputs
Associated task
(8-channel group)
Function
(8-channel group)
16
The following table displays the parameters available for each in-rack discrete input module.
Mast / Fast
Mast / Fast
Mast / Fast
Mast / Fast
Mast / Fast
Mast / Fast
Mast / Fast
Mast / Fast
Mast / Fast
Mast / Fast
Mast / Fast
Mast / Fast
Mast / Fast
Mast / Fast
8 (inputs)
8 (inputs)
Mast
Mast
/ Fast
/ Fast
16 (inputs) Mast / Fast
Discrete inputs / None
Discrete inputs / None
Discrete inputs / None
Discrete inputs / None
Discrete inputs / None
Discrete inputs / None
Discrete inputs / None
Discrete inputs
Discrete inputs
Discrete inputs / None
Discrete inputs / None
Discrete inputs / None
Discrete inputs / None
Discrete inputs / None
Discrete inputs
Discrete inputs
Discrete inputs / None
Supply monitoring
(16-channel group)
Active / Inactive
Active / Inactive
Active / Inactive
Active / Inactive
Active / Inactive
Active / Inactive
Active / Inactive
Active / Inactive
–
Active / Inactive
Active / Inactive
Active / Inactive
Inactive / Active
Inactive / Active
Active / Inactive
Active / Inactive
Active / Inactive
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Wiring
Check
(Input by input)
Inactive /
Active
Inactive /
Active
–
–
–
NOTE: Parameters indicated in bold characters are part of the default configuration.
NOTE: The BMX DDM 16022 and BMX DDM 16025 discrete mixed input/ output modules have 2 groups of 8 channels. The input group is represented by channels 0 to 7 and the output group is represented by channels 16 to 23.
Discrete Output Parameters for 8-Channel Modules in Rack
At a Glance
The discrete output modules include several parameters per channel. The channels are divided into blocks of 8 or 16 consecutive channels.
Parameters
The following table displays the parameters available for each of the discrete output module.
280 35012474.19
Reference Module
BMX DAO 1605
BMX DAO 1615
BMX DDM 16022
BMX DDM 16025
BMX DDM 3202 K
BMX DDO 1602
BMX DDO 1612
BMX DDO 3202
BMX DDO 3202 K
BMX DDO 6402 K
BMX DRA 0804T
BMX DRA 0805
BMX DRA 0815
BMX DRA 1605
BMX DRC 0805
Discrete Input/Output Modules
8-channel group
Number of outputs
16
Reset
16
Programmed /
Automatic
Programmed /
Automatic
8 (outputs) Programmed /
Automatic
Associated task
Mast / Fast
Mast / Fast
Mast / Fast
8 (outputs) Mast / Fast
Fallback mode
Fallback /
Maintain
Fallback /
Maintain
Fallback /
Maintain
Fallback
Maintain
/
16
(outputs)
16
Programmed
Automatic
Programmed /
Automatic
/ Mast
Mast
/ Fast
/ Fast
Fallback
Maintain
Fallback
Maintain
/
/
16
32
32
64
8
8
8
16
8
Programmed /
Automatic
Programmed /
Automatic
Mast / Fast
Mast / Fast
Programmed /
Automatic
Mast / Fast
Programmed /
Automatic
Mast / Fast
Mast / Fast
-
-
-
-
Mast
Mast
Mast
Mast
/ Fast
/ Fast
/ Fast
/ Fast
Fallback /
Maintain
Fallback /
Maintain
Fallback /
Maintain
Fallback /
Maintain
Fallback /
Maintain
Fallback /
Maintain
Fallback /
Maintain
Fallback /
Maintain
Fallback /
Maintain
Function
Discrete output / None
Discrete output / None
Discrete outputs /
None
Discrete outputs /
None
Discrete outputs /
None
Discrete outputs
Discrete outputs
Discrete outputs
Discrete outputs /
None
Discrete outputs
Discrete outputs /
None
Discrete outputs /
None
Discrete outputs /
None
Discrete outputs /
None
Discrete output / None
16-channel group
Supply monitoring
Active /
Inactive
Active /
Inactive
Active /
Inactive
Active /
Inactive
Active /
Inactive
Active /
Inactive
Active /
Inactive
Active /
Inactive
Active /
Inactive
Active /
Inactive
-
-
-
-
-
Channel by channel
Fallback value
0 / 1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
/ 1
/ 1
/ 1
/ 1
/ 1
/ 1
/ 1
/ 1
/ 1
/ 1
/ 1
/ 1
/ 1
/ 1
NOTE: The parameters in bold correspond to the parameters configured by default.
NOTE: The BMX DDM 16022 and BMX DDM 16025 discrete mixed input/ output modules have 2 groups of 8 channels. The input group is represented by channels 0 to 7 and the output group is represented by channels 16 to 23.
Configuration of Discrete Module Parameters
Subject of this Section
This section presents general rules for implementing various configuration parameters for discrete input/output channels.
35012474.19
281
Discrete Input/Output Modules
How to Modify the Task Parameter
At a Glance
This parameter defines the processor task where input acquisitions and output updates are performed.
The task is defined for 8 consecutive channels in the case of on-rack discrete modules.
The possible choices are as follows:
• MAST task
• FAST task
NOTE: Modifying the Task parameter is only possible in off-line mode.
Procedure
The following table shows how to define the type of task assigned to module channels.
Step
1
2
Action
Open the desired module configuration screen.
Click on the Task button of the drop-down menu to assign a task to the group you wish.
Result : The following list appears.
3
4
Choose the desired task.
Confirm the modification with the Edit > Validate menu command.
How to Modify the External Power Supply Error Monitoring
Parameter
At a Glance
This parameter defines the status (activation or deactivation) of external power supply error monitoring.
It runs in groups of 16 consecutive channels.
Monitoring is active by default (box checked).
Procedure
The following table shows how to disable or enable the external power supply monitoring function.
Step
1
2
3
Action
Open the desired module configuration screen.
Check the Supply monitor box in the General Parameters area.
Result : The I/O editor window appears. Click OK .
Validate the change by clicking Edit > Validate .
282 35012474.19
How to Modify the Fallback Mode Parameter
Discrete Input/Output Modules
At a Glance
This parameter defines the fallback mode adopted by outputs when the PLC switches to STOP due to:
• a processor error
• a rack connection error
• an inter-rack cable connection error
• a STOP command in Control Expert.
The modes are as follows:
Mode
Fallback
Maintenance
Meaning
Channels are set to 0 or 1 according to the defined fallback value for the corresponding 8-channel group.
The outputs remain in the status they were in before switching to Stop .
Procedure
The following table shows the procedure for defining the fallback mode to be assigned to a channel group.
Step
1
2
Action
Open the desired module configuration screen.
For the desired channel group, click on the arrow of the Fallback mode drop-down menu.
Result : The following list appears.
5
6
3
4
Select the desired fallback mode.
For Fallback mode, configure each channel of the selected group.
To do this, click on the drop-down menu arrow of the channel to be configured, located in the Fall Back Value column.
Click on the desired value (0 or 1).
Confirm the modification with the Edit > Validate menu command.
How to Modify the Output Reset Parameter
At a Glance
This parameter defines the reactivation mode of disconnected outputs.
The modes are as follows.
35012474.19
283
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Mode
Programmed
Meaning
Reactivation is executed with a command from the PLC application or through the appropriate debug screen.
Remark : In order to avoid repeated reactivations, the module ensures an automatic 10s delay between two resets.
The reactivation is executed automatically every 10s until the error disappears.
Automatic
The reactivation mode is defined for 8-channel groups.
Procedure
The following table shows the procedure for defining the module output channel reset mode.
Step
1
2
Action
Open the desired module configuration screen.
For the desired channel group, click on the arrow of the Reactivate drop-down menu.
Result : The following list appears.
3
4
Select the required reactivation mode.
Validate the modification by clicking Edit > Confirm .
284 35012474.19
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language
Objects
What’s in This Chapter
Language Objects and IODDT ..................................................................... 285
Discrete Module IODDTs and Device DDTs ................................................... 287
Subject of this Section
This chapter describes the language objects associated with application-specific discrete modules from various IODDT.
Language Objects and IODDT
Subject of this Section
This section provides general information about language objects and IODDTs for
Discrete.
Description of the Discrete Function Objects Languages
General Points
Discrete modules have different associated IODDTs.
The IODDTs are predefined by the manufacturer. They contain input/output languages objects belonging to a channel of a specific application module.
There are 4 IODDT types for the discrete modules:
• T_DIS_IN_GEN
• T_DIS_IN_STD
• T_DIS_OUT_GEN
• T_DIS_OUT_STD
NOTE: IODDT variables may be created in two ways:
• using the I/O objects (see EcoStruxure ™ Control Expert, Operating
Modes) tab
• using the Data Editor
Language Object Types
Each IODDT contains a group of language objects which are used to control them and check their operation.
There are two types of language objects:
35012474.19
285
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects
• Implicit Exchange Objects , which are automatically exchanged at each cycle pass of the task associated to the module
• Explicit Exchange Objects , which are exchanged upon demand from the application, while using explicit exchange instructions
Implicit exchanges concern the module inputs/outputs: measurement, information, and operation results.
Explicit exchanges enable module configuration and diagnosis.
NOTE: In order to avoid several simultaneous explicit exchanges for the same channel, it is necessary to test the value of the word EXCH_STS of the IODDT associated to the channel before to call EF using this channel.
286 35012474.19
Module Reference
BMX DDI 1602
BMX DDI 1603
BMX DDI 1604T
BMX DDI 3202 K
BMX DDI 3203
BMX DDI 3232
BMX DDI 6402 K
BMX DAI 1602
BMX DAI 1603
BMX DAI 1604
BMX DAI 1614
BMX DAI 1615
BMX DAI 0805
BMX DAI 0814
BMX DDO 1602
BMX DDO 1612
BMX DDO 3202
BMX DDO 3202 K
BMX DDO 6402 K
BMX DRA 0804T
BMX DRA 0805
BMX DRA 0815
BMX DRA 1605
BMX DRC 0805
BMX DAO 1605
BMX DAO 1615
BMX DDM 16022
BMX DDM 16025
BMX DDM 3202 K
X Linked
– Not linked
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects
Discrete Module IODDTs and Device DDTs
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Subject of this Section
This section presents the different IODDT languages objects related to discrete input/output modules and the Device DDTs.
IODDT Links
IODDT Link Table
This table describes the IODDT linked to each discrete input/output module:
–
–
– x x x
–
–
–
–
–
– x
–
–
– x x x x x x x x x x x x x
IODDTs linked to discrete module
T_DIS_IN_GEN T_DIS_IN_STD
–
–
– x x x
–
–
–
–
–
– x
–
–
– x x x x x x x x x x x x x
T_DIS_OUT_GEN x x x x x x x x x x x x
– x x x
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
T_DIS_OUT_STD x x x x x x x x x x x x
– x x x
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
35012474.19
287
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects
Details About T_DIS_IN_GEN Type IODDT Implicit Object
Exchange
At a glance
This section describes T_DIS_IN_GEN type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange that applies to all discrete input modules.
Input Flag
Standard symbol
VALUE
Type
EBOOL
The following table presents the VALUE (%Ir.m.c) bit meaning.
Access
R
Meaning
Indicates that the status of the sensor controlling the input channel c .
Address
%Ir.m.c
Error Bit
Standard symbol
CH_ERROR
Type
BOOL
The following table presents the CH_ERROR (%Ir.m.c.ERR) bit meaning.
Access
R
Meaning
Indicates that c input channel is in error.
Address
%Ir.m.c.ERR
288 35012474.19
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Details About T_DIS_IN_STD Type IODDT Implicit Object
Exchange
At a Glance
This section presents IODDT implicit exchange objects of the T_DIS_IN_STD type applicable to discrete input modules.
Input Flag
Standard symbol
VALUE
The following table shows the VALUE (%Ir.m.c) bit meaning.
Type
EBOOL
Access
R
Meaning
Indicates that the status of the sensor controlling the input channel c .
Address
%Ir.m.c
Error Bit
Standard symbol
CH_ERROR
Type
BOOL
The following table presents the CH_ERROR (%Ir.m.c.ERR) bit meaning.
Access
R
Meaning
Indicates that c input channel is in error.
Address
%Ir.m.c.ERR
35012474.19
289
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects
Details About T_DIS_IN_STD Type IODDT Explicit Object
Exchange
At a Glance
This section presents IODDT explicit exchange objects of the T_DIS_IN_STD type applicable to discrete input modules. This section includes the word type objects whose bits have a specific meaning. These objects are explained in detail below.
Example of a declaration of a variable:
IODDT_VAR1 of type T_DIS_INT_STD
NOTE: In general, the meaning of the bits is given for bit status 1. In specific cases an explanation is given for each status of the bit.
NOTE: Not all bits are used.
Execution Indicators for an Explicit Exchange: EXCH_STS
The following table shows exchange control bit meanings for channel EXCH_STS
(%MWr.m.c.0).
Standard symbol
STS_IN_PROGR
CMD_IN_PROGR
Type
BOOL
BOOL
Access
R
R
Meaning
Read channel status words in progress
Command parameter exchange in progress
Address
%MWr.m.c.0.0
%MWr.m.c.0.1
Explicit Exchange Report: EXCH_RPT
The table below presents the meaning of the EXCH_RPT exchange report bits (%
MWr.m.c.1).
Standard symbol
STS_ERR
CMD_ERR
Type
BOOL
BOOL
Access
R
R
Meaning
Error in reading status words of the channel (1 = error)
Error during a command parameter exchange (1 = error)
Address
%MWr.m.c.1.0
%MWr.m.c.1.1
Standard Channel Status: CH_FLT
The table below shows the meaning of the bits of the status word CH_FLT (%MWr.
m.c.2). Reading is performed by a READ_STS ( IODDT_VAR1 ).
Standard symbol
TRIP
FUSE
BLK
EXT_PS_FLT
INTERNAL_FLT
CONF_FLT
COM_FLT
Type
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
Access
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Meaning
External event: Tripped
External event: Fuse
Terminal block incorrectly wired
External supply event
Internal event module inoperative
Hardware or software configuration error
Communication interruption
SHORT_CIRCUIT
LINE_FLT
BOOL
BOOL
R
R
(1) Only for BMX DAI 1614 and BMX DAI 1615 modules
External event: Short-circuit on a channel
Open wire detection (1)
Number
%MWr.m.c.2.0
%MWr.m.c.2.1
%MWr.m.c.2.2
%MWr.m.c.2.3
%MWr.m.c.2.4
%MWr.m.c.2.5
%MWr.m.c.2.6
%MWr.m.c.2.8
%MWr.m.c.2.9
290 35012474.19
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Status Word: CH_CMD
The table below shows the CH_CMD (%MWr.m.c.3) status word bit meanings. The command is made by a WRITE_CMD ( IODDT_VAR1 ).
Standard symbol
PS_CTRL_DIS
PS_CTRL_EN
Type
BOOL
BOOL
Access
R/W
R/W
Meaning
Disable control of the external supply.
Enable control of the external supply.
Number
%MWr.m.c.3.1
%MWr.m.c.3.2
NOTE: The control of the external power supply is managed to enable or disable a group of 16-channels from the PLC application and through a
WRITE_CMD instruction addressing the 1st channel of 16-channel group (that is, channel 0, 16, 32, 46). However this command does not work with the last eight channels of the 16-channel groups (that is, channels 8..15, 24..31,
40..47, 56..63).
35012474.19
291
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects
Details About T_DIS_OUT_GEN Type IODDT Implicit Object
Exchange
At a Glance
This section presents T_DIS_OUT_GEN type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange that applies to discrete output modules.
Output Flag
Standard symbol
VALUE
The following table presents the VALUE (%Qr.m.c) bit meaning.
Type
EBOOL
Access
R/W
Meaning
Indicates the status of the c output channel
Number
%Qr.m.c
Error Bit
Standard symbol
CH_ERROR
The following table presents the CH_ERROR (%Ir.m.c.ERR) bit meaning.
Type
BOOL
Access
R
Meaning
Indicates that c output channel is in error
Number
%Ir.m.c.ERR
292 35012474.19
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Details About T_DIS_OUT_STD Type IODDT Implicit Object
Exchange
At a Glance
This section presents T_DIS_OUT_STD type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange that applies to discrete output modules.
Output Flag
Standard symbol
VALUE
The following table presents the VALUE (%Qr.m.c) bit meanings.
Type
EBOOL
Access
R/W
Meaning
Indicates the status of the c output channel
Number
%Qr.m.c
Error Bit
Standard symbol
CH_ERROR
The following table presents the CH_ERROR (%Ir.m.c.ERR) bit meaning.
Type
BOOL
Access
R
Meaning
Indicates that c input channel is in error
Number
%Ir.m.c.ERR
35012474.19
293
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects
Details About T_DIS_OUT_STD Type IODDT Explicit Object
Exchange
At a Glance
This section presents T_DIS_OUT_STD type IODDT Explicit Object Exchange that applies to discrete output modules. It includes the word type objects whose bits have a specific meaning. These objects are explained in detail below.
Example of a declaration of a variable:
IODDT_VAR1 of the T_DIS_OUT_STD type
NOTE: In general, the meaning of the bits is given for bit status 1. In specific cases an explanation is given for each status of the bit.
NOTE: Not all bits are used.
Execution Indicators for an Explicit Exchange: EXCH_STS
The table below shows the meanings of channel exchange control bits from channel EXCH_STS (%MWr.m.c.0).
Standard symbol
STS_IN_PROGR
CMD_IN_PROGR
Type
BOOL
BOOL
Access
R
R
Meaning
Read channel status words in progress
Command parameter exchange in progress
Address
%MWr.m.c.0.0
%MWr.m.c.0.1
Explicit Exchange Report: EXCH_RPT
Standard symbol
STS_ERR
CMD_ERR
Type
BOOL
BOOL
The table below presents the meaning of the EXCH_RPT exchange report bits (%
MWr.m.c.1).
Access Meaning
R Error in reading status words of the channel (1 = error)
R Error during a command parameter exchange (1 = error)
Address
%MWr.m.c.1.0
%MWr.m.c.1.1
Standard Channel Status: CH_FLT
The table below shows the meaning of the bits of the status word CH_FLT (%MWr.
m.c.2). Reading is performed by a READ_STS ( IODDT_VAR1 ).
Standard symbol
TRIP
FUSE
BLK
EXT_PS_FLT
INTERNAL_FLT
CONF_FLT
COM_FLT
SHORT_CIRCUIT
Type
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Access
R
Meaning
External event: Tripped
External event: Fuse
Terminal block incorrectly wired
External supply event
Internal event module inoperative
Hardware or software configuration error
Communication interruption
External detected error:
• short-circuit on a channel
• open load on a channel (1)
Number
%MWr.m.c.2.0
%MWr.m.c.2.1
%MWr.m.c.2.2
%MWr.m.c.2.3
%MWr.m.c.2.4
%MWr.m.c.2.5
%MWr.m.c.2.6
%MWr.m.c.2.8
294 35012474.19
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects
Standard symbol Type
LINE_FLT BOOL
(1) Only for BMX DDO 3202 module
Access
R
Meaning
Reserved for evolution
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Number
%MWr.m.c.2.9
Status word: CH_CMD
The table below shows the CH_CMD (%MWr.m.c.3) status word bit meanings. The command is made by a WRITE_CMD ( IODDT_VAR1 ).
Standard symbol
REAC_OUT
PS_CTRL_DIS
PS_CTRL_EN
Type
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
Access
R/W
R/W
R/W
Meaning
Reactivation of tripped outputs (protected outputs)
Inhibit control of external supply
Validation of the external supply control
Address
%MWr.m.c.3.0
%MWr.m.c.3.1
%MWr.m.c.3.2
NOTE: This object is specific to output modules with reactivation.
NOTE: The control of the external power supply is managed to enable or disable a group of 16-channels from the PLC application and through a
WRITE_CMD instruction addressing the 1st channel of 16-channel group (i.e.
channel 0, 16, 32, 46). However this command does not work with the last eight channels of the 16-channel groups (i.e. channels 8..15, 24..31, 40..47,
56..63).
35012474.19
295
Standard Symbol
MOD_ERROR
EXCH_STS
STS_IN_PROGR
EXCH_RPT
STS_ERR
MOD_FLT
MOD_FAIL
CH_FLT
BLK
CONF_FLT
NO_MOD
EXT_MOD_FLT
MOD_FAIL_EXT
CH_FLT_EXT
BLK_EXT
CONF_FLT_EXT
NO_MOD_EXT
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects
Details of the Language Objects of the IODDT of Type T_GEN_
MOD
Introduction
The Modicon X80 modules have an associated IODDT of type T_GEN_MOD.
Observations
In general, the meaning of the bits is given for bit status 1. In specific cases an explanation is given for each status of the bit.
Some bits are not used.
List of Objects
Type
BOOL
INT
BOOL
INT
BOOL
INT
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
The table below presents the objects of the IODDT.
R
R
R
Access
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Meaning
Module detected error bit
Module exchange control word
Reading of status words of the module in progress
Exchange report word
Event when reading module status words
Internal detected errors word of the module module inoperable
Inoperative channel(s)
Terminal block incorrectly wired
Hardware or software configuration anomaly
Module missing or inoperative
Internal detected errors word of the module (Fipio extension only)
Internal detected error, module unserviceable (Fipio extension only)
Inoperative channel(s) (Fipio extension only)
Terminal block incorrectly wired (Fipio extension only)
Hardware or software configuration anomaly (Fipio extension only)
Module missing or inoperative (Fipio extension only)
Address
%Ir.m.MOD.ERR
%MWr.m.MOD.0
%MWr.m.MOD.0.0
%MWr.m.MOD.1
%MWr.m.MOD.1.0
%MWr.m.MOD.2
%MWr.m.MOD.2.0
%MWr.m.MOD.2.1
%MWr.m.MOD.2.2
%MWr.m.MOD.2.5
%MWr.m.MOD.2.6
%MWr.m.MOD.2.7
%MWr.m.MOD.2.8
%MWr.m.MOD.2.9
%MWr.m.MOD.2.10
%MWr.m.MOD.2.13
%MWr.m.MOD.2.14
296 35012474.19
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Modicon X80 Discrete I/O Module Configuration Constants
Module level constants
Object
%KWr.m.c.0
with c = 0, 8,
16, 24, 32, 40,
48, 56.
Type
INT
The table following presents the %KW common for each channel group of the module: bit 8 bit 9 bit 10 bit 11 bit 12 bit 13 bit 14 bit 15
Detail
For each channel group bit 0: Validation input function
= 1 bit 1: Validation output function = 1 bit 2: Strategy of fallback: 1 = get value, 0 = stay at current value bit 3: Input filtering (1 = fast, 0
= normal), fixed at 0 bit 4: Ouput protection (1 = yes, 0 = no) bit 5: Rearm outputs: 1 = automatic, 0 = by command bit 6: Not used bit 7: Power supply control inhibition (1 = yes, 0 = 0)
Channel group
0-7
1 st grp
8-15
2 nd grp
16-23
3 rd grp
24-31
4 th grp
32-39 5 th grp
40-47 6 th grp
48-55 7 th grp
Fallback value (ouputs) or sensor type (inputs) for channel:
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56-63
8 th grp
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
%KWr.m.c.1
byte 0
INT byte byte 1 byte bit 8 bit 9 bit 10 bit 11 bit 12 bit 13 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3
Validation of Input/output open line control for channel:
4
5
6
0
1
2
3
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
4
5
0
1
2
3
7 15 23 31 39
Validation of value memorization for channel:
8
9
10
11
16
17
18
19
24
25
26
27
32
33
34
35
12
13
20
21
28
29
36
37
36
37
38
32
33
34
35
44
45
46
31
40
41
42
43
40
41
42
43
44
45
48
49
50
51
52
53
52
53
54
55
48
49
50
51
60
61
62
63
56
57
58
59
56
57
58
59
60
61
35012474.19
297
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Object
%KWr.m.c.2
byte 0 byte 1
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects
Type bit 14 bit 15
INT byte byte not used not used
Detail Channel group
6
7
14
15
22
23
30
31
38
39
46
47
54
55
62
63
There are one %KWr.m.c.0, one %KWr.m.c.1 and one %KWr.m.c.2 common for all channels for a group in this FB_type
NOTE: It is not possible to configure a module by programming using direct language objects %KW; these words are accessible in read only format.
298 35012474.19
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects
Discrete Device DDT Names
Introduction
Discrete Input/Output Modules
This topic describes the Control Expert Discrete Device DDT . The instance default naming is described in Device DDT Instance Naming Rule (see
EcoStruxure ™ Control Expert, Program Languages and Structure, Reference
Manual).
Regarding the device DDT, its name contains the following information:
• platform with:
◦ U for unified structure between Modicon X80 module and Quantum
• device type (DIS for discrete)
• function (STD for standard)
• direction:
◦ IN
◦ OUT
• maximum channel (1, 2, 4 …64)
Example
For a Modicon X80 module with 16 standard inputs/outputs: T_U_DIS_STD_IN_
16_OUT_16
List of Implicit Device DDT
The following table shows the list of device DDT and their X80 modules:
Device DDT Type
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_8
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_16
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_32
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_64
T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_8
Modicon X80 Devices
BMX DAI 0805
BMX DAI 0814
BMX DAI 1602
BMX DAI 1603
BMX DAI 1604
BMX DAI 1614
BMX DAI 1615
BMX DDI 1602
BMX DDI 1603
BMX DDI 1604
BMX DDI 3202K
BMX DDI 3203
BMX DDI 3232
BMX DDI 6404K
BMX DRA 0804
BMX DRA 0805
BMX DRA 0815
BMX DRC 0805
35012474.19
299
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Device DDT Type
T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_16
T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_32
T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_64
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_8_OUT_8
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_16_OUT_16
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects
Modicon X80 Devices
BMX DDO 1612
BMX DDO 1602
BMX DAO 1605
BMX DAO 1615
BMX DRA 1605
BMX DDO 3202
BMX DDO 3202K
BMX DDO 6404K
BMX DDM 16022
BMX DDM 16025
BMX DDM 3202K
Implicit Device DDT Description
The following table shows the T_U_DIS_STD_IN_x and the T_U_DIS_STD_
OUT_y status word bits:
Standard Symbol
MOD_HEALTH
MOD_FLT 1
Type
BOOL
BYTE
DIS_CH_IN
DIS_CH_OUT
ARRAY [0...x-1] of
ARRAY [0...y-1] of
T_U_DIS_STD_CH_IN
T_U_DIS_STD_CH_OUT
1 Module Status is implicitly exchanged through the MOD_FLT field
Meaning
0 = the module has a detected error
1 = the module is operating correctly
internal detected errors byte, page 303
of the module array of structure array of structure
Access read read
Standard Symbol
MOD_HEALTH
MOD_FLT 1
Type
BOOL
BYTE
The following table shows the T_U_DIS_STD_IN_x_OUT_y status word bits:
DIS_CH_IN
DIS_CH_OUT
ARRAY [0...x-1] of T_U_DIS_STD_CH_IN
ARRAY [x...(x+y-1)] of T_U_DIS_STD_CH_OUT
1 Module Status is implicitly exchanged through the MOD_FLT field
Meaning
0 = the module has a detected error
1 = the module is operating correctly
internal detected errors byte, page 303
of the module array of structure array of structure
Access read read
The following table shows the T_U_DIS_STD_CH_IN [ 0...x-1 ] and the T_U_
DIS_STD_CH_OUT [ x...(x+y-1) ] structure meaning:
Standard Symbol
CH_HEALTH
Type
BOOL
Meaning
0 = the channel has a detected error
1 = the channel is operating correctly
VALUE EBOOL indicates the status of the sensor controlling the input channel c
1 VALUE of the T_U_DIS_STD_CH_OUT structure can be accessed in read / write
Access read read 1
300 35012474.19
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Explicit DDT Instances Description
Explicit exchanges (Read Status or Write Command) - only applicable to Modicon
X80 I/O channels - are managed with READ_STS_QX or WRITE_CMD_QX EFB instances for Modicon Quantum and by READ_STS_MX or WRITE_CMD_MX EFB instances for Modicon M580.
• Targeted channel address ( ADDR ) can be managed with ADDMX EF (connect
ADDMX OUT to ADDR )
• READ_STS_QX or READ_STS_MX output parameter ( STS ) can be connected to a " T_M_xxx_yyy_CH_STS " DDT instance (variable to be created manually), where:
◦ xxx represents the device type
◦ yyy represents the function
Example: T_M_DIS_STD_CH_STS
• WRITE_CMD_QX or WRITE_CMD_MX input parameter ( CMD ) can be connected to a "" T_M_DIS_STD_xxx_yyy_CMD " DDT instance where:
◦ xxx represents the device type
◦ yyy represents the direction
Example: T_M_DIS_STD_CH_IN_CMD
For more details about EF and EFB, refer to EcoStruxure ™ Control Expert, I/O
Management, Block Library and EcoStruxure ™ Control Expert, Communication,
Block Library .
The following table shows the T_M_DIS_STD_CH_STS structure status word bits:
Standard Symbol
CH_FLT TRIP
FUSE
BLK
EXT_PS_FLT
INTERNAL_FLT
CONF_FLT
COM_FLT
–
SHORT_CIRCUIT
Type
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
LINE_FLT BOOL
(1) Only for BMX DDO 3202
(2) Only for BMX DAI 1614 and BMX DAI 1615 modules.
7
8
4
5
1
2
3
Bit
0
6
9
Meaning external detected error tripped external detected error: fuse terminal block detected error internal detected error: module out of order external supply detected error configuration detected error: different hardware and software configurations error detected in communicating with the controller reserved external detected error:
• short-circuit on a channel
• open load on a channel (1)
Open wire detection (2)
Access read read read read read read read read read read
Standard Symbol
CH_CMD [INT]
The following table presents the T_M_DIS_STD_CH_IN_CMD structure status word bits:
PS_CTRL_DIS
PS_CTRL_EN
Type
BOOL
BOOL
Bit
1
2
Meaning disable control of the external supply enable control of the external supply
Access read / write read / write
The following table presents the T_M_DIS_STD_CH_OUT_CMD structure status word bits:
35012474.19
301
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Standard Symbol
CH_CMD [INT] REAC_OUT
PS_CTRL_DIS
PS_CTRL_EN
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects
Type
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
1
2
Bit
0
Meaning reactivation of tripped outputs (protected outputs) disable control of the external supply enable control of the external supply
Access read / write read / write read / write
NOTE: In a user application the WRITE_CMD_QX (in an EIO drop) can also define the active or inactive state of the external power supply monitoring and overrides the Supply monitoring setting.
WRITE_CMD_QX only works over the first 8 channels (0...7, 16...23, 32...39
and 48...55) of the 16-channel groups, but affects the 16 channels of the group.
302 35012474.19
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects
MOD_FLT Byte Description
Discrete Input/Output Modules
MOD_FLT Byte in Device DDT
MOD_FLT byte structure:
4
5
Bit
0
1
2
3
6
7
Symbol
MOD_FAIL
CH_FLT
BLK
–
–
CONF_FLT
NO_MOD
–
Description
• 1: Internal detected error or module failure detected.
• 0: No detected error
• 1: Inoperative channels.
• 0: Channels are operative.
• 1: Terminal block detected error.
• 0: No detected error.
NOTE: This bit may not be managed.
• 1: Module in self-test.
• 0: Module not in self-test.
NOTE: This bit may not be managed.
Not used.
• 1: Hardware or software configuration detected error.
• 0: No detected error.
• 1: Module is missing or inoperative.
• 0: Module is operating.
NOTE: This bit is managed only by modules located in a remote rack with a BME CRA 312 10 adapter module. Modules located in the local rack do not manage this bit that remains at 0.
Not used.
35012474.19
303
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Debugging
What’s in This Chapter
Introduction to the Debugging Function of a Discrete Module .......................... 304
How to Access the Forcing/Unforcing Function .............................................. 306
How to Access the SET and RESET Commands............................................ 307
How to Access the Reactivation of Outputs Command ................................... 307
Applied Outputs of a Discrete Module ........................................................... 307
Subject of this Section
This section describes the debugging aspect of the application-specific discrete module for implementation.
Introduction to the Debugging Function of a Discrete
Module
Introduction
For each discrete input/output module, the Debug function enables:
• display of the parameters of each of its channels (channel state, filtering value, etc.)
• access to the diagnostics and adjustment functions for the selected channel
(channel forcing, channel masking, etc.)
The function also gives access to module diagnostics in the event of a detected error.
NOTE: This function is only available in on-line mode.
Debugging Screen
At a Glance
The debugging screen (see EcoStruxure ™ Control Expert, Operating Modes) shows, in real time, the value and state of each channel of the selected module. It also allows access to the channel commands (forcing of the input or output value, reactivation of outputs, etc.).
304 35012474.19
Illustration
The figure below shows a sample debugging screen.
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Description
Number
1
Element
Tabs
2
3
Module area
Channel area
The following table shows the various parts of the debugging screen and their functions.
Function
The tab in the foreground indicates the mode in progress ( Debug in this example). Every mode can be selected using the respective tab.
• Debug which can be accessed only in online mode
• Configuration
Contains the abbreviated title of the module.
In the same area there are 3 LEDs which indicate the module’s operating mode:
• RUN indicates the operating status of the module
• ERR indicates an internal event in the module
• I/O indicates an event from outside the module or an application issue
Allows you:
• by clicking on the reference number, to display the tabs:
◦ Description which gives the characteristics of the device
◦ I/O Objects, (see EcoStruxure ™ Control Expert, Operating Modes) which is used to presymbolize the input/output objects
◦ Fault which shows the device status (in on-line mode)
• to select a channel
• to display the Symbol , name of the channel defined by the user (using the variable editor)
35012474.19
305
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Number
4
5
Element
General parameters area
Function
Specifies the parameters of the channel:
• Function: specifies the function configured. This heading is frozen. The Global unforcing button provides direct access to the global unforcing of channels function.
• Task: specifies the MAST or FAST task configured. This heading is frozen.
Parameters in progress field
This field displays the state of inputs and outputs and the various current parameters.
For each channel, four items of information are available:
• Symbol displays the symbol associated with the channel when it has been defined by the user
(using the variable editor)
• Value displays the state of each channel of the module
• Error provides direct access to channel by channel diagnostics when these are inoperable
(indicated by the LED built into the diagnostics access, which turns red)
How to Access the Forcing/Unforcing Function
At a Glance
This function allows you to modify the state of all or part of the channels of a module.
NOTE: The state of a forced output is frozen and can only be modified by the application after unforcing. However, in the event of a detected error leading to output fallback, the state of these outputs -assumes the value defined when configuring the
parameter.
The various commands available are:
• for one or more channels:
◦ force to 1
◦ force to 0
◦ unforcing (when the channel or channels selected are forced)
• for all the channels on the module (when at least one channel is forced):
◦ global unforcing of channels
Procedure
The following table shows the procedure for forcing or unforcing all or part of the channels of a module.
Action for all channels Step
1
2
3
Action for one channel
Access the module's debugging screen.
In the Value column, right-click the cell of the required channel.
Select the required function:
• forcing to 0
• forcing to 1
Click on the Global unforcing button found in the general parameters field.
306 35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Modules
How to Access the SET and RESET Commands
At a Glance
These commands are used to change the state of a module's outputs to 0
( RESET ) or 1 ( SET ).
NOTE: The state of the output affected by one of these commands is temporary and can be modified at any time by the application when the PLC is in RUN .
Procedure
The table below shows the procedure for assigning the value 0 or 1 to all or part of the channels of a module.
2
3
Step
1
Action for one channel
Access the module's debugging screen.
In the Value column, right-click the cell of the required channel.
Select the desired function.
• Set
• Reset
How to Access the Reactivation of Outputs Command
At a Glance
When an event has caused a tripped output, a command is used to reactivate the output if no error is detected at its terminals.
Reset is defined by a group of 8 channels. It has no effect on an inactive channel or channel without a detected error.
Procedure
The following table shows the procedure for reactivating tripped outputs.
Step
1
2
Action
Access the module's debugging screen.
For the chosen group of channels, click the Reset button situated in the General parameters field.
Applied Outputs of a Discrete Module
At a Glance
This check (red Stop LED lit) informs the user that a given group of output channels is not correctly applied by the PLC (fallback status).
The possible causes are:
35012474.19
307
Discrete Input/Output Modules
• processor error
• rack connection error
• inter-rack link connection error
308 35012474.19
Diagnostics of the Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
What’s in This Chapter
How to Access the Diagnostics Function ....................................................... 309
How to Access the Channel Diagnostics Function of a Discrete
Subject of this Section
This section describes the diagnostic aspect in the implementation of the application-specific discrete modules.
How to Access the Diagnostics Function
At a Glance
The Module diagnostics function displays detected errors and where they exist.
They are classified according to their category.
• Internal events :
◦ module inoperable
◦ self-tests running
• External events
• Other events :
◦ configuration error
◦ module missing or off
◦ inoperative channel(s)
A module status is indicated when certain LED’s change to red, such as:
• in the configuration editor at rack level:
◦ the LED of the rack number
◦ the LED of the slot number of the module on the rack
• in the configuration editor at module level:
◦ the I/O LED according to the type of event
◦ the Channel LED in the Channel field
◦ the Fault tab
Procedure
The following table shows the procedure for accessing the Module status screen.
35012474.19
309
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Step
1
2
Action
Access the module's debugging screen.
Click the module reference in the channel zone and select the Fault command.
Result : The detected error list appears.
Remark: You cannot access the module diagnostics screen if any of these errors are detected:.
• configuration
• major breakdown
• module missing
The following message then appears on the screen: The module is not present, or is different from the one configured in this position.
How to Access the Channel Diagnostics Function of a
Discrete Module
At a Glance
The Channel diagnostics function displays current errors and where they exist.
Errors are classified according to their category:
• Internal events :
◦ inoperative channel
• External events:
◦ link or sensor supply fault
• Other events:
◦ terminal block incorrectly wired
◦ configuration error
◦ communication interruption
A channel error appears in the Debug tab when the
Error column, turns red.
LED, located in the
Procedure
The following table shows the procedure for accessing the Channel error screen.
310 35012474.19
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Step
1
2
Action
Access the module's debugging screen.
Click on the button channel.
situated in the
Result : The list of channel errors appears.
Error column of the inoperative
Note: Channel diagnostics information can also be accessed by program using the
READ_STS instruction.
35012474.19
311
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Appendices
What’s in This Part
Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules ......................................... 313
Overview
These appendices contain information that should be useful for programming the application.
312 35012474.19
Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Topological/State RAM Addressing of Modicon X80 Discrete Modules............. 313
Topological/State RAM Addressing of Modicon X80
Discrete Modules
Discrete Modules
Module reference
BMX DAI 0805
BMX DAI 0814
BMX DAI 1602
BMX DAI 1603
BMX DAI 1604
BMX DAI 0804
BMX DAI 1614
BMX DAI 1615
BMX DAO 1605
BMX DAO 1615
BMX DAO 0805
With controller firmware 2.4 or any subsequent supporting version(s), you can access the modules either via topological or state RAM addresses. Also refer to
Memory Tab (see EcoStruxure ™ Control Expert, Operating Modes).
The following table shows the Modicon X80 discrete module objects that can be mapped to topological or State RAM addresses.
Topological address
%I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7]
%I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15]
%I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15]
%I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15]
%I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7]
%I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15]
%Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15]
%Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15]
%Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7]
State RAM address
-%IStart address ... %IStart address + 7, one channel per %I or
-%IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW
I
- %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per % or
- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW
I
- %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per % or
- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW
I
- %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per % or
- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW
- %IStart address ... %IStart address + 7, one channel per %I or
- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW
I
- %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per % or
- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW
- %MStart address ... %MStart address + 15, one channel per
%M or
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW
- %MStart address ... %MStart address + 15, one channel per
%M or
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW
- %MStart address ... %MStart address + 7, one channel per
%M
35012474.19
313
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Module reference Topological address
BMX DDI 1602 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15]
BMX DDI 1603 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15]
BMX DDI 1604 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15]
BMX DDI 0804 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7]
BMX DDI 3202K %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,31]
BMX DDI 3203 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,31]
BMX DDI 3232 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,31]
BMX DDI 6402K %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,63]
BMX DDM 16022 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7]
%Q rack.slot.channel, channel [16,23]
BMX DDM 16025 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7]
%Q rack.slot.channel, channel [16,23]
314
Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules
State RAM address or
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW
I
- %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per % or
- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW
I
- %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per % or
- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW
I
- %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per % or
- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW
- %IStart address ... %IStart address + 7, one channel per %I or
- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW
I
- %IStart address ... %IStart address + 31, one channel per % or
- %IWStart address ... %IWStart address + 1, one channel per bit of %IW
I
- %IStart address ... %IStart address + 31, one channel per % or
- %IWStart address ... %IWStart address + 1, one channel per bit of %IW
I
- %IStart address ... %IStart address + 31, one channel per % or
- %IWStart address ... %IWStart address + 1, one channel per bit of %IW
I
- %IStart address ... %IStart address + 63, one channel per % or
- %IWStart address ... %IWStart address + 3, one channel per bit of %IW
- %IStart address ... %IStart address + 7, one channel per %I and
- %M Start address ... %MStart address + 7, one channel per
%M or
- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW and
%MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW
- %IStart address ... %IStart address + 7, one channel per %I and
- %M Start address ... %MStart address + 7, one channel per
%M
35012474.19
Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules
Module reference Topological address
BMX DDM 3202K %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15]
%Q rack.slot.channel, channel [16,31]
BMX DDO 1602 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15]
BMX DDO 1612 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15]
BMX DDO 3202 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,31]
BMX DDO 3202K %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,31]
BMX DDO 6402K %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,63]
BMX DRA 0804 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7]
BMX DRA 0805 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7]
BMX DRA 0815 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7]
Discrete Input/Output Modules
State RAM address or
- %IWStart address one channel per bit of %IW and
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW
I
- %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per % and
- %M Start address ... %MStart address + 15, one channel per %M or
- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW and
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW
- %MStart address ... %MStart address + 15, one channel per
%M or
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW
- %MStart address ... %MStart address + 15, one channel per
%M or
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW
- %MStart address ... %MStart address + 31, one channel per
%M or
- %MWStart address ... %MWStart address + 1, one channel per bit of %MW
- %MStart address ... %MStart address + 31, one channel per
%M or
- %MWStart address ... %MWStart address + 1, one channel per bit of %MW
- %MStart address ... %MStart address + 63, one channel per
%M or
- %MWStart address ... %MWStart address + 3, one channel per bit of %MW
- %MStart address ... %MStart address + 7, one channel per
%M or
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW
- %MStart address ... %MStart address + 7, one channel per
%M or
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW
- %MStart address ... %MStart address + 7, one channel per
%M or
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW
35012474.19
315
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Module reference
BMX DRC 0805
BMX DRA 1605
Topological address
%Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7]
%Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15]
Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules
State RAM address
- %MStart address ... %MStart address + 7, one channel per
%M or
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW
- %MStart address ... %MStart address + 15, one channel per
%M or
- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW
For additional information refer to Special Conversion for Compact I/O Modules
(see EcoStruxure ™ Control Expert, Concept Application Converter, User Manual).
316 35012474.19
Glossary
Discrete Input/Output Modules
D
DDT:
( derived data type ) A set of elements with the same type ( array ) or with different types (structure).
35012474.19
317
Discrete Input/Output Modules
Index
20-pin terminal blocks
installing............................................................48
20–pin terminal block, discrete ...............................16
40-pin terminal blocks
installing............................................................52
40–pin connection, discrete....................................18
40–pin terminal block, discrete ...............................17
A
ABE-7H08R10 .................................................... 247
ABE-7H08R11 .................................................... 247
ABE-7H08R21 .................................................... 251
ABE-7H08S21 .................................................... 255
ABE-7H12R10 .................................................... 249
ABE-7H12R11 .................................................... 249
ABE-7H12R20 .................................................... 253
ABE-7H12R21 .................................................... 253
ABE-7H12R50 .................................................... 261
ABE-7H12S21 .................................................... 257
ABE-7H16F43..................................................... 265
ABE-7H16R10 .................................................... 247
ABE-7H16R11 .................................................... 247
ABE-7H16R20 .................................................... 251
ABE-7H16R21 .................................................... 251
ABE-7H16R23 .................................................... 251
ABE-7H16R30 .................................................... 259
ABE-7H16R31 .................................................... 259
ABE-7H16R50 .................................................... 263
ABE-7H16S21 .................................................... 255
ABE-7H16S43 .................................................... 266
ABR-7xxx relays ................................................. 270
ABS-7Exx relays ................................................. 270
applied outputs.................................................... 307
B
BMWFTB2020 ......................................................35
BMWFTB4020 ......................................................38
BMWFTB4020H....................................................38
BMXDAI0805 ...................................................... 139
BMXDAI0805H ................................................... 139
BMXDAI0814 ...................................................... 143
BMXDAI1602 ...................................................... 113
BMXDAI1602H ................................................... 113
BMXDAI1603 ...................................................... 118
BMXDAI1603H ................................................... 118
BMXDAI1604 ...................................................... 122
BMXDAI1604H ................................................... 122
BMXDAI1614 ...................................................... 126
BMXDAI16142 .................................................... 126
BMXDAI1614H ................................................... 126
BMXDAI1615 ...................................................... 133
BMXDAI1615H ................................................... 133
BMXDAO1605 .................................................... 204
BMXDAO1605H.................................................. 204
BMXDAO1615 .................................................... 208
BMXDAO1615H.................................................. 208
BMXDDI1602........................................................86
BMXDDI1602H .....................................................86
BMXDDI1603........................................................91
BMXDDI1603H .....................................................91
BMXDDI1604T......................................................96
BMXDDI3202K ................................................... 147
BMXDDI3202KH ................................................. 147
318
BMXDDI3203...................................................... 102
BMXDDI3203H ................................................... 102
BMXDDI3232...................................................... 106
BMXDDI3232H ................................................... 106
BMXDDI6402K ................................................... 153
BMXDDI6402KH ................................................. 153
BMXDDM16022 .................................................. 214
BMXDDM16022H................................................ 214
BMXDDM16025 .................................................. 221
BMXDDM16025H................................................ 221
BMXDDM3202K.................................................. 228
BMXDDO1602 .................................................... 158
BMXDDO1602H.................................................. 158
BMXDDO1612 .................................................... 162
BMXDDO1612H.................................................. 162
BMXDDO3202 .................................................... 190
BMXDDO3202H.................................................. 190
BMXDDO3202K.................................................. 196
BMXDDO3202KC ............................................... 196
BMXDDO6402K.................................................. 200
BMXDDO6402KC ............................................... 200
BMXDRA0804T .................................................. 166
BMXDRA0805 .................................................... 170
BMXDRA0805H .................................................. 170
BMXDRA0815 .................................................... 175
BMXDRA0815H .................................................. 175
BMXDRA1605 .................................................... 180
BMXDRA1605H .................................................. 180
BMXDRC0805 .................................................... 185
BMXDRC0805H.................................................. 185
BMXFCC051 ........................................................68
BMXFCC053 ........................................................68
BMXFCC1001.......................................................68
BMXFCC1003.......................................................68
BMXFCC101 ........................................................68
BMXFCC103 ........................................................68
BMXFCC201 ........................................................68
BMXFCC203 ........................................................68
BMXFCC301 ........................................................68
BMXFCC303 ........................................................68
BMXFCC501 ........................................................68
BMXFCC503 ........................................................68
BMXFCW1001......................................................64
BMXFCW1003......................................................64
BMXFCW301........................................................64
BMXFCW303........................................................64
BMXFCW501........................................................64
BMXFCW503........................................................64
BMXFTB2000 .......................................................35
BMXFTB2010 .......................................................35
BMXFTB4000 .......................................................38
BMXFTB4000H.....................................................38
BMXFTW••1 connection cables ..............................43
BMXFTW••5 connection cables ..............................46
BMXFTW1001 ......................................................42
BMXFTW301 ........................................................42
BMXFTW305 ........................................................45
BMXFTW501 ........................................................42
BMXFTW505 ........................................................45
C
certifications..........................................................31
channel data structure for all modules
T_DIS_IN_GEN ............................................... 288
T_DIS_IN_STD.........................................289–290
T_DIS_OUT_GEN ........................................... 292
T_DIS_OUT_STD .....................................293–294
T_GEN_MOD .................................................. 296
35012474.19
connection bases ................................................ 235
connection cables ........................................... 64, 68
D
debugging .......................................................... 304
diagnostics ..................................................309–310
discrete module 20–pin terminal block ....................16
discrete module 40–pin connection.........................18
discrete module 40–pin terminal block ....................17
Discrete Input/Output Modules topological/state RAM addressing of X80 discrete
modules............................................................ 313
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_16 ......................................... 299
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_16_OUT_16........................... 299
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_32 ......................................... 299
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_64 ......................................... 299
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_8 ........................................... 299
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_8_OUT_8 .............................. 299
T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_16 ..................................... 299
T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_32 ..................................... 299
T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_64 ..................................... 299
T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_8 ....................................... 299
F
fallback mode...................................................... 283
FCN connector
installing...................................................... 64, 68
FCN type connector
installing............................................................56
forcing ................................................................ 306
W
wiring precautions .................................................60
I
input parameters ................................................. 279
M
MOD_FLT........................................................... 303
O
output parameters ............................................... 280
output reset......................................................... 283
P
parameter settings............................................... 285
R
reactivation of outputs.......................................... 307
relays ..........................................................267, 271
RESET ............................................................... 307
S
SET.................................................................... 307
simulator............................................................. 274
standards .............................................................31
state RAM/topological addressing of X80 discrete
modules............................................................ 313
T
task parameter .................................................... 282
T_DIS_IN_GEN .................................................. 288
T_DIS_IN_STD ............................................289–290
T_DIS_OUT_GEN............................................... 292
T_DIS_OUT_STD ........................................293–294
TELEFAST 2....................................................... 235
temperature derating .............................................29
terminal blocks
installing...................................................... 32–33
T_GEN_MOD ..................................................... 296
35012474.19
319
Schneider Electric
35 rue Joseph Monier
92500 Rueil Malmaison
France
+ 33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00 www.se.com
As standards, specifications, and design change from time to time, please ask for confirmation of the information given in this publication.
© 2022 Schneider Electric . All rights reserved.
35012474.19
Download
Public link updated
The public link to your chat has been updated. You may view and manage your chat links after registration here.
Document public link
Advertisement
Key features
Wide range of input and output modules
20-pin and 40-pin terminal block connections
Comprehensive diagnostic capabilities
Compatibility with TELEFAST 2 interfaces
Application-specific discrete function support
Module and channel status display
Frequently asked questions
The discrete I/O modules support 20-pin and 40-pin terminal block connections.
Yes, the discrete I/O modules are compatible with TELEFAST 2 Connection interfaces.
The modules offer comprehensive diagnostic capabilities, including module and channel status displays.
